8 files changed, 5849 insertions, 7188 deletions

diff --git a/libXext/specs/dbelib.tex b/libXext/specs/dbelib.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index e9793bc32..000000000
--- a/libXext/specs/dbelib.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,620 +0,0 @@
-% edited for DP edits and code consistency w/ core protocol/xlib 3/30/96

-% split into separate library and protocol documentos 4/15/96

-\documentstyle{article}

-\pagestyle{myheadings}

-\markboth{Double Buffer Extension Specification}{Double Buffer Extension Specification}

-\setlength{\parindent}{0 pt}

-\setlength{\parskip}{6pt}

-\setlength{\topsep}{0 pt}

-

-% Request names are literal symbols; therefore, use the same font for both.

-\newcommand{\requestname}[1]{{\tt #1}}

-\newcommand{\literal}[1]{\mbox{\tt #1}}

-

-\newcommand{\encodingsection}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-\newcommand{\requestsection}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-

-% Font treatment of type names differs between protocol and library sections.

-\newcommand{\libtypename}[1]{\mbox{\tt #1}}

-\newcommand{\typename}[1]{\mbox{\rm #1}}  % default font

-\newcommand{\typeargname}[1]{\mbox{\rm #1}}  % default font

-\newcommand{\argname}[1]{\mbox{\it #1}}

-\newcommand{\argdecl}[2]{\argname{#1} & : \typename{#2}\\}

-\newcommand{\areplyargdecl}[2]{#1 & : \typename{#2}\\}

-

-\newenvironment{arequest}[1]{\requestsection{#1} \\ \begin{tabular}{ll}}{\end{tabular}}

-\newcommand{\areply}{$\Rightarrow$\\}

-

-\newcommand{\etabstops}{\hspace*{0cm}\=\hspace*{1cm}\=\hspace*{5cm}\=\kill}

-

-\newcommand{\eargdecl}[3]{\> #1 \> \typename{#2} \> #3 \\}

-

-\newenvironment{keeptogether}{\vbox \bgroup}{\egroup}

-

-\newenvironment{erequest}[3]{\pagebreak[3] \begin{keeptogether} \encodingsection{#1} \begin{tabbing} \etabstops \eargdecl{1}{CARD8}{major-opcode} \eargdecl{1}{#2}{minor-opcode} \eargdecl{2}{#3}{request length}}{\end{tabbing} \end{keeptogether}}

-

-\newenvironment{eerror}[1]{\begin{keeptogether} \encodingsection{#1} \begin{tabbing} \etabstops }{\end{tabbing} \end{keeptogether}}

-

-\newenvironment{etypedef}[1]{\begin{keeptogether} \typename{#1} \begin{tabbing} \etabstops }{\end{tabbing} \end{keeptogether}}

-

-\newcommand{\cfunctionname}[1]{\mbox{\tt #1}}

-\newcommand{\cfunctiondecl}[1]{\mbox{\rm #1}}

-\newcommand{\cargdecl}[2]{\penalty -1\typename{#1} \argname{#2}}

-\newenvironment{cfunction}[2]{\begin{sloppypar}\begin{keeptogether}\vspace{5mm}\typename{#1}\\ \cfunctiondecl{#2}\ (}{)\end{keeptogether}\end{sloppypar}{\hangafter=2 \hangindent=20pt \raggedright\par}}

-

-% make things easier with all the long names

-\spaceskip .3333em plus 5em

-\tolerance=2000

-

-\begin{document}

-

-\title{Double Buffer Extension Library\\Protocol Version 1.0\\X Consortium Standard}

-\author{Ian Elliott\\Hewlett-Packard Company \and David P. Wiggins\\X Consortium, Inc.}

-\maketitle

-\thispagestyle{empty}

-

-\eject

-

-Copyright \copyright 1989 X Consortium, Inc. and Digital Equipment Corporation.

-

-Copyright \copyright 1992 X Consortium, Inc. and Intergraph Corporation.

-

-Copyright \copyright 1993 X Consortium, Inc. and Silicon Graphics, Inc.

-

-Copyright \copyright 1994, 1995 X Consortium, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company.

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for

-any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.

-Digital Equipment Corporation, Intergraph Corporation, Silicon

-Graphics, Hewlett-Packard, and the X Consortium make no

-representations about the suitability for any purpose of the

-information in this document.  This documentation is provided ``as is''

-without express or implied warranty.

-

-\eject

-

-\section{Introduction}

-

-The Double Buffer Extension (DBE) provides a standard way to utilize

-double-buffering within the framework of the X Window System.

-Double-buffering uses two buffers, called front and back, which hold

-images.  The front buffer is visible to the user; the back buffer is

-not.  Successive frames of an animation are rendered into the back

-buffer while the previously rendered frame is displayed in the front

-buffer.  When a new frame is ready, the back and front buffers swap

-roles, making the new frame visible.  Ideally, this exchange appears to

-happen instantaneously to the user and with no visual artifacts.  Thus,

-only completely rendered images are presented to the user, and they remain

-visible during the entire time it takes to render a new frame.  The

-result is a flicker-free animation.

-

-\section{Goals}

-

-This extension should enable clients to:

-\begin{itemize}

-

-\item Allocate and deallocate double-buffering for a window.

-

-\item Draw to and read from the front and back buffers associated with

-a window.

-

-\item Swap the front and back buffers associated with a window.

-

-\item Specify a wide range of actions to be taken when a window is

-swapped.  This includes explicit, simple swap actions (defined

-below), and more complex actions (for example, clearing ancillary buffers)

-that can be put together within explicit ``begin'' and ``end''

-requests (defined below).

-

-\item Request that the front and back buffers associated with multiple

-double-buffered windows be swapped simultaneously.

-

-\end{itemize}

-

-In addition, the extension should:

-

-\begin{itemize}

-

-\item Allow multiple clients to use double-buffering on the same window.

-

-\item Support a range of implementation methods that can capitalize on

-existing hardware features.

-

-\item Add no new event types.

-

-\item Be reasonably easy to integrate with a variety of direct graphics

-hardware access (DGHA) architectures.

-\end{itemize}

-

-\section{Concepts}

-

-Normal windows are created using the core \requestname{CreateWindow}

-request, which allocates a set of window attributes and, for

-\literal{InputOutput} windows, a front buffer,

-into which an image can be drawn.

-The contents of this buffer will be displayed when the window is

-visible.

-

-This extension enables applications to use double-buffering with a

-window.  This involves creating a second buffer, called a back buffer,

-and associating one or more back buffer names (\typename{XID}s) with

-the window for use when referring to (that is, drawing to or reading

-from) the window's back buffer.  The back buffer name is a

-\typename{DRAWABLE} of type \typename{BACKBUFFER}.

-

-DBE provides a relative double-buffering model.  One XID, the window,

-always refers to the front buffer.  One or more other XIDs, the back buffer

-names, always refer to the back buffer.  After a buffer swap, the

-window continues to refer to the (new) front buffer, and the

-back buffer name continues to refer to the (new) back buffer.  Thus,

-applications and toolkits that want to just render to the back buffer

-always use the back buffer name for all drawing requests to the

-window.  Portions of an application that want to render to the front

-buffer always use the window XID for all drawing requests to the

-window.

-

-Multiple clients and toolkits can all use double-buffering on the same

-window.  DBE does not provide a request for querying whether a window

-has double-buffering support, and if so, what the back buffer name is.

-Given the asynchronous nature of the X Window System, this would cause

-race conditions.  Instead, DBE allows multiple back buffer names to

-exist for the same window; they all refer to the same physical back

-buffer.  The first time a back buffer name is allocated for a window,

-the window becomes double-buffered and the back buffer name is

-associated with the window.  Subsequently, the window already is a

-double-buffered window, and nothing about the window changes when a

-new back buffer name is allocated, except that the new back buffer

-name is associated with the window.  The window remains

-double-buffered until either the window is destroyed or until all of

-the back buffer names for the window are deallocated.

-

-In general, both the front and back buffers are treated the same.  In

-particular, here are some important characteristics:

-

-\begin{itemize}

-

-\item Only one buffer per window can be visible at a time (the

-front buffer).

-

-\item Both buffers associated with a window have the same visual type,

-depth, width, height, and shape as the window.

-

-\item Both buffers associated with a window are ``visible'' (or

-``obscured'') in the same way.  When an \literal{Expose} event is

-generated for

-a window, both buffers should be considered to be damaged in the

-exposed area.  Damage that occurs to either buffer will result in an

-\literal{Expose} event on the window.  When a double-buffered window is

-exposed,

-both buffers are tiled with the window background, exactly as stated

-by the core protocol.  Even though the back buffer is not visible,

-terms such as obscure apply to the back buffer as well as to the front

-buffer.

-

-\item It is acceptable at any time to pass a \typename{BACKBUFFER} in

-any request, notably any core or extension drawing request, that

-expects a \typename{DRAWABLE}.  This enables an application to draw

-directly into \typename{BACKBUFFER}s in the same fashion as it would

-draw into any other \typename{DRAWABLE}.

-

-\item It is an error (\literal{Window}) to pass a \typename{BACKBUFFER} in a

-core request that expects a Window.

-

-\item A \typename{BACKBUFFER} will never be sent by core X in a reply,

-event, or error where a Window is specified.

-\item If core X11 backing-store and save-under applies to a

-double-buffered window, it applies to both buffers equally.

-

-\item If the core \requestname{ClearArea} request is executed on a

-double-buffered window, the same area in both the front and back

-buffers is cleared.

-

-\end{itemize}

-

-The effect of passing a window to a request that accepts a

-\typename{DRAWABLE} is unchanged by this extension.  The window and

-front buffer are synonomous with each other.  This includes obeying

-the \requestname{GetImage} semantics and the subwindow-mode semantics

-if a core graphics context is involved.  Regardless of whether the

-window was explicitly passed in a \requestname{GetImage} request, or

-implicitly referenced (that is, one of the window's ancestors was passed

-in the request), the front (that is, visible) buffer is always referenced.

-Thus, DBE-na\"{\i}ve screen dump clients will always get the front buffer.

-\requestname{GetImage} on a back buffer returns undefined image

-contents for any obscured regions of the back buffer that fall within

-the image.

-

-Drawing to a back buffer always uses the clip region that would be

-used to draw to the front buffer with a GC subwindow-mode of

-\literal{ClipByChildren}.  If an ancestor of a double-buffered window is drawn

-to with a core GC having a subwindow-mode of \literal{IncludeInferiors}, the

-effect on the double-buffered window's back buffer depends on the

-depth of the double-buffered window and the ancestor.  If the depths

-are the same, the contents of the back buffer of the double-buffered

-window are not changed.  If the depths are different, the contents of

-the back buffer of the double-buffered window are undefined for the

-pixels that the \literal{IncludeInferiors} drawing touched.

-

-DBE adds no new events.  DBE does not extend the semantics of any

-existing events with the exception of adding a new \typename{DRAWABLE}

-type called \typename{BACKBUFFER}.  If events, replies, or errors that

-contain a \typename{DRAWABLE} (for example, \literal{GraphicsExpose}) are

-generated in

-response to a request, the \typename{DRAWABLE} returned will be the

-one specified in the request.

-

-DBE advertises which visuals support double-buffering.

-

-DBE does not include any timing or synchronization facilities.

-Applications that need such facilities (for example, to maintain a constant

-frame rate) should investigate the Synchronization Extension, an X

-Consortium standard.

-

-\subsection{Window Management Operations}

-

-The basic philosophy of DBE is that both buffers are treated the same by

-core X window management operations.

-

-When the core \requestname{DestroyWindow} is executed on a

-double-buffered window, both buffers associated with the window are

-destroyed, and all back buffer names associated with the window are

-freed.

-

-If the core \requestname{ConfigureWindow} request changes the size of

-a window, both buffers assume the new size.  If the window's size

-increases, the effect on the buffers depends on whether the

-implementation honors bit gravity for buffers.  If bit gravity is

-implemented, then the contents of both buffers are moved in accordance

-with the window's bit gravity (see the core

-\requestname{ConfigureWindow} request), and the remaining areas are

-tiled with the window background.  If bit gravity is not implemented,

-then the entire unobscured region of both buffers is tiled with the

-window background.  In either case, \literal{Expose} events are generated for

-the region that is tiled with the window background.

-

-If the core \requestname{GetGeometry} request is executed on a

-\typename{BACKBUFFER}, the returned x, y, and border-width will be

-zero.

-

-If the Shape extension \requestname{ShapeRectangles},

-\requestname{ShapeMask}, \requestname{ShapeCombine}, or

-\requestname{ShapeOffset} request is executed on a double-buffered

-window, both buffers are reshaped to match the new window shape.  The

-region difference is the following:

-

-\[ D = new shape - old shape \]

-

-It is tiled with the window background in both buffers,

-and \literal{Expose} events are generated for D.

-

-\subsection{Complex Swap Actions}

-

-DBE has no explicit knowledge of ancillary buffers (for example, depth buffers

-or alpha buffers), and only has a limited set of defined swap actions.

-Some applications may need a richer set of swap actions than DBE

-provides.  Some DBE implementations have knowledge of ancillary

-buffers, and/or can provide a rich set of swap actions.  Instead of

-continually extending DBE to increase its set of swap actions, DBE

-provides a flexible ``idiom'' mechanism.  If an application's needs

-are served by the defined swap actions, it should use them; otherwise,

-it should use the following method of expressing a complex swap action

-as an idiom.  Following this policy will ensure the best possible

-performance across a wide variety of implementations.

-

-As suggested by the term ``idiom,'' a complex swap action should be

-expressed as a group/series of requests.  Taken together, this group

-of requests may be combined into an atomic operation by the

-implementation, in order to maximize performance.  The set of idioms

-actually recognized for optimization is implementation dependent.  To

-help with idiom expression and interpretation, an idiom must be

-surrounded by two protocol requests: \requestname{DBEBeginIdiom} and

-\requestname{DBEEndIdiom}.  Unless this begin-end pair surrounds the

-idiom, it may not be recognized by a given implementation, and

-performance will suffer.

-

-For example, if an application wants to swap buffers for two windows,

-and use core X to clear only certain planes of the back buffers, the

-application would issue the following protocol requests as a group, and

-in the following order:

-

-\begin{itemize}

-\item \requestname{DBEBeginIdiom} request.

-\item \requestname{DBESwapBuffers} request with XIDs for two windows, each

-of which uses a swap action of \literal{Untouched}.

-\item Core X \requestname{PolyFillRectangle} request to the back buffer of one window.

-\item Core X \requestname{PolyFillRectangle} request to the back buffer of the other window.

-\item \requestname{DBEEndIdiom} request.

-\end{itemize}

-

-The \requestname{DBEBeginIdiom} and \requestname{DBEEndIdiom} requests

-do not perform any actions themselves.  They are treated as markers by

-implementations that can combine certain groups/series of requests as

-idioms, and are ignored by other implementations or for nonrecognized

-groups/series of requests.  If these requests are sent out of order,

-or are mismatched, no errors are sent, and the requests are executed

-as usual, though performance may suffer.

-

-An idiom need not include a \requestname{DBESwapBuffers} request.  For

-example, if a swap action of \literal{Copied} is desired, but only some of the

-planes should be copied, a core X \requestname{CopyArea} request may

-be used instead of \requestname{DBESwapBuffers}.  If

-\requestname{DBESwapBuffers} is included in an idiom, it should

-immediately follow the \requestname{DBEBeginIdiom} request.  Also,

-when the \requestname{DBESwapBuffers} is included in an idiom, that

-request's swap action will still be valid, and if the swap action

-might overlap with another request, then the final result of the idiom

-must be as if the separate requests were executed serially.  For

-example, if the specified swap action is \literal{Untouched}, and if a

-\requestname{PolyFillRectangle} using a client clip rectangle is done

-to the window's back buffer after the \requestname{DBESwapBuffers}

-request, then the contents of the new back buffer (after the idiom)

-will be the same as if the idiom was not recognized by the

-implementation.

-

-It is highly recommended that Application Programming Interface (API) 

-providers define, and application developers use, ``convenience'' functions 

-that allow client applications to call one procedure that encapsulates common idioms.

-These functions will generate the \requestname{DBEBeginIdiom} request,

-the idiom requests, and \requestname{DBEEndIdiom} request.  Usage of

-these functions will ensure best possible performance across a wide

-variety of implementations.

-

-\section{C Language Binding}

-

-The header for this extension is \verb|<X11/extensions/Xdbe.h>|.  All

-identifier names provided by this header begin with Xdbe.

-

-\subsection{Types}

-

-The type \libtypename{XdbeBackBuffer} is a \libtypename{Drawable}.

-

-The type \libtypename{XdbeSwapAction} can be one of the constants

-\literal{XdbeUndefined}, \literal{XdbeBackground},

-\literal{XdbeUntouched}, or \literal{XdbeCopied}.

-

-\subsection{C Functions}

-

-The C functions provide direct access to the protocol and add no

-additional semantics.  For complete details on the effects of these

-functions, refer to the appropriate protocol request, which can be

-derived by replacing Xdbe at the start of the function name with DBE\@.

-All functions that have return type \libtypename{Status} will return

-nonzero for success and zero for failure.

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{Status}{XdbeQueryExtension}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{int *}{major\_version\_return},

-\cargdecl{int *}{minor\_version\_return}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeQueryExtension} sets major\_version\_return and

-minor\_version\_return to the major and minor DBE protocol

-version supported by the server.  If the DBE library is compatible

-with the version returned by the server, it returns

-nonzero.  If dpy does not support the DBE extension, or if

-there was an error during communication with the server, or if the

-server and library protocol versions are incompatible, it

-returns zero.  No other Xdbe functions may be called before this

-function.  If a client violates this rule, the effects of all

-subsequent Xdbe calls that it makes are undefined.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{XdbeScreenVisualInfo *}{XdbeGetVisualInfo}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{Drawable *}{screen\_specifiers},

-\cargdecl{int *}{num\_screens}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeGetVisualInfo}  returns information about which visuals support

-double buffering.  The argument num\_screens specifies how many

-elements there are in the screen\_specifiers list.  Each

-drawable in screen\_specifiers designates a screen for which

-the supported visuals are being requested.  If num\_screens

-is zero, information for all screens is requested.  In this case, upon

-return from this function, num\_screens will be set to the

-number of screens that were found.  If an error occurs, this function

-returns NULL; otherwise, it returns a pointer to a list of

-\libtypename{XdbeScreenVisualInfo} structures of length num\_screens.

-The {\it n}th element in the returned list corresponds to the {\it n}th

-drawable in the screen\_specifiers list, unless

-num\_screens was passed in with the value zero, in which

-case the {\it n}th element in the returned list corresponds to the

-{\it n}th screen of the server, starting with screen zero.

-

-The \libtypename{XdbeScreenVisualInfo} structure has the following

-fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-\typename{int} & \argname{count} & number of items in visinfo \\

-\typename{XdbeVisualInfo *} & \argname{visinfo} & list of visuals and depths for this screen \\

-\end{tabular}

-

-The \libtypename{XdbeVisualInfo} structure has the following fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-\typename{VisualID} & \argname{visual} & one visual ID that supports double-buffering\\

-\typename{int} & \argname{depth} & depth of visual in bits \\

-\typename{int} & \argname{perflevel} & performance level of visual \\

-\end{tabular}

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{void }{XdbeFreeVisualInfo}

-\cargdecl{XdbeScreenVisualInfo *}{visual\_info}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeFreeVisualInfo} frees the list of \libtypename{XdbeScreenVisualInfo}

-returned by \cfunctionname{XdbeGetVisualInfo}.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{XdbeBackBuffer}{XdbeAllocateBackBufferName}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{Window}{window},

-\cargdecl{XdbeSwapAction}{swap\_action}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeAllocateBackBufferName} returns a drawable ID used to refer

-to the back buffer of the specified window. 

-The swap\_action is a hint to indicate the swap action 

-that will likely be used in subsequent calls to

-\cfunctionname{XdbeSwapBuffers}. 

-The actual swap action used in calls to

-\cfunctionname{XdbeSwapBuffers} does not have

-to be the same as the swap\_action passed to this function,

-though clients are encouraged to provide accurate information whenever

-possible.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{Status}{XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XdbeBackBuffer}{buffer}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeDeallocateBackBufferName} frees the specified

-drawable ID, buffer,

-that was obtained via \cfunctionname{XdbeAllocateBackBufferName}.  The buffer

-must be a valid name for the back buffer of a window, or an

-\literal{XdbeBadBuffer}

-error results.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{Status}{XdbeSwapBuffers}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XdbeSwapInfo *}{swap\_info},

-\cargdecl{int}{num\_windows}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeSwapBuffers} swaps the front and back buffers for a list of windows.

-The argument num\_windows specifies how many windows are to

-have their buffers swapped; it is the number of elements in the

-swap\_info array.  The argument swap\_info

-specifies the information needed per window to do the swap.

-

-The \libtypename{XdbeSwapInfo} structure has the following fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-\typename{Window} & \argname{swap\_window} & window for which to swap buffers \\

-\typename{XdbeSwapAction} & \argname{swap\_action} & swap action to use for this swap\_window \\

-\end{tabular}

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{Status}{XdbeBeginIdiom}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeBeginIdiom} marks the beginning of an idiom sequence.

-See section 3.2

-for a complete discussion of idioms.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{Status}{XdbeEndIdiom}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeEndIdiom} marks the end of an idiom sequence.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-% start marker

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\begin{cfunction}{XdbeBackBufferAttributes *}{XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XdbeBackBuffer}{buffer}

-\end{cfunction}

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XdbeGetBackBufferAttributes} returns the attributes associated 

-with the specified buffer.

-

-The \libtypename{XdbeBackBufferAttributes} structure has the following fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-\typename{Window} & \argname{window} & window that buffer belongs to \\

-\end{tabular}

-

-If buffer is not a valid \libtypename{XdbeBackBuffer},

-window is set to \literal{None}.

-

-The returned \libtypename{XdbeBackBufferAttributes} structure can be

-freed with the Xlib function \cfunctionname{XFree}.

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-\begin{keeptogether}

-\subsection{Errors}

-

-The \libtypename{XdbeBufferError} structure has the following fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-\typename{int} & \argname{type} \\

-\typename{Display *} & \argname{display}& Display the event was read from\\

-\typename{XdbeBackBuffer} &  \argname{buffer}& resource id \\

-\typename{unsigned long} & \argname{serial}& serial number of failed request\\

-\typename{unsigned char} & \argname{error\_code}& error base + \literal{XdbeBadBuffer}\\

-\typename{unsigned char} & \argname{request\_code}& Major op-code of failed request\\

-\typename{unsigned char} & \argname{minor\_code}& Minor op-code of failed request\\

-\end{tabular}

-\end{keeptogether}

-

-\pagebreak[4]

-\section{Acknowledgements}

-

-We wish to thank the following individuals who have contributed their

-time and talent toward shaping the DBE specification:

-

-T. Alex Chen, IBM;

-Peter Daifuku, Silicon Graphics, Inc.; 

-Ian Elliott, Hewlett-Packard Company;

-Stephen Gildea, X Consortium, Inc.;

-Jim Graham, Sun;

-Larry Hare, AGE Logic;

-Jay Hersh, X Consortium, Inc.;

-Daryl Huff, Sun;

-Deron Dann Johnson, Sun;

-Louis Khouw, Sun;

-Mark Kilgard, Silicon Graphics, Inc.;

-Rob Lembree, Digital Equipment Corporation;

-Alan Ricker, Metheus;

-Michael Rosenblum, Digital Equipment Corporation;

-Bob Scheifler, X Consortium, Inc.;

-Larry Seiler, Digital Equipment Corporation;

-Jeanne Sparlin Smith, IBM;

-Jeff Stevenson, Hewlett-Packard Company;

-Walter Strand, Metheus;

-Ken Tidwell, Hewlett-Packard Company; and

-David P. Wiggins, X Consortium, Inc.

-

-Mark provided the impetus to start the DBE project.  Ian wrote the

-first draft of the specification.  David served as architect.

-

-\section{References}

-

-Jeffrey Friedberg, Larry Seiler, and Jeff Vroom, ``Multi-buffering Extension

-Specification Version 3.3.''

-

-Tim Glauert, Dave Carver, Jim Gettys, and David P. Wiggins,

-``X Synchronization Extension Version 3.0.'' 

-

-\end{document}

diff --git a/libXext/specs/synclib.tex b/libXext/specs/synclib.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 0775eb9fd..000000000
--- a/libXext/specs/synclib.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,770 +0,0 @@
-% Copyright 1991 by Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England and

-% Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-%

-%                        All Rights Reserved

-%

-% Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its 

-% documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, 

-% provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-% both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in 

-% supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or Olivetti

-% not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-% software without specific, written prior permission.  

-%

-% DIGITAL AND OLIVETTI DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

-% INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT

-% SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR

-% ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER

-% IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT

-% OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

-

-%\documentstyle[a4]{article}

-\documentstyle{article}

-

-\setlength{\parindent}{0 pt}

-\setlength{\parskip}{6pt}

-

-% Protocol Section

-% For the DP book, these four should be assigned the font for global symbols.

-

-\newcommand{\request}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-\newcommand{\event}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-\newcommand{\error}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-\newcommand{\enum}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-

-% The following fonts are not reassigned for the DP book.

-

-\newcommand{\system}[1]{{\sc #1}}

-\newcommand{\param}[1]{{\it #1}}

-

-\newcommand{\eventdef}[1]{\item {\bf#1}}

-\newcommand{\requestdef}[1]{\item {\bf#1}}

-\newcommand{\errordef}[1]{\item {\bf#1}}

-

-\newcommand{\defn}[1]{{\bf #1}}

-

-\newcommand{\tabstopsA}{\hspace*{4cm}\=\hspace*{1cm}\=\hspace*{7cm}\=\kill}

-\newcommand{\tabstopsB}{\hspace*{1cm}\=\hspace*{1cm}\=\hspace*{3cm}\=\kill}

-\newcommand{\tabstopsC}{\hspace*{1cm}\=\hspace*{1cm}\=\hspace*{5cm}\=\kill}

-

-% commands for formatting the API

-% For the DP book, these three should be assigned the font for global symbols.

-

-\newcommand{\cfunctionname}[1]{\mbox{\tt#1}}

-\newcommand{\ctypename}[1]{\mbox{\tt#1}}

-\newcommand{\cconst}[1]{\mbox{\tt#1}}

-

-% For the DP book, within function definitions, the type and name are in

-% the ordinary font; therefore, ctypenamedef and cfunctionnamedef are used

-% and defined below.

-\newcommand{\ctypenamedef}[1]{\mbox{#1}}

-\newcommand{\cfunctionnamedef}[1]{\mbox{#1}}

-\newcommand{\cargname}[1]{\mbox{\it#1}}

-\newcommand{\cstartfunction}[2]{\begin{sloppypar}\begin{samepage}\ctypenamedef{#1}\\ \cfunctionnamedef{#2}\ (}

-\newcommand{\cargdecl}[2]{\penalty -1\ctypenamedef{#1} \cargname{#2}}

-\newcommand{\cendfunctiondecl}{){\hangafter=2 \hangindent=20pt \raggedright\par}}

-\newcommand{\cendfuncdescription}{\end{samepage}\end{sloppypar}}

-

-\newcommand{\cstartmacro}[2]{\begin{sloppypar}\begin{samepage}\ctypenamedef{#1}\\ \cfunctionnamedef{#2}\ (}

-\newcommand{\cendmacrodecl}{)\par}

-\newcommand{\cendmacrodescription}{\end{samepage}\end{sloppypar}}

-

-% make things easier with all the long names

-\spaceskip .3333em plus 5em

-\tolerance=2000

-

-\begin{document}

-

-\begin{center}

-

-{\large X Synchronization Extension Library}\\[10pt]

-{\large Version 3.0}\\[15pt]

-{\large X Consortium Standard}\\[15pt]

-{\large X Version 11, Release 6.8}\\[15pt]

-{\it Tim Glauert}\\[0pt]

-{\tt thg@cam-orl.co.uk}\\[0pt]

-{\bf Olivetti Research / MultiWorks}\\[5pt]

-{\it Dave Carver}\\[0pt]

-{\tt dcc@athena.mit.edu}\\[0pt]

-{\bf Digital Equipment Corporation,}\\[0pt]

-{\bf MIT / Project Athena}\\[5pt]

-{\it Jim Gettys}\\[0pt]

-{\tt jg@crl.dec.com}\\[0pt]

-{\bf Digital Equipment Corporation,}\\[0pt]

-{\bf Cambridge Research Laboratory}\\[5pt]

-{\it David P. Wiggins}\\[0pt]

-{\tt dpw@x.org}\\[0pt]

-{\bf X Consortium, Inc.}\\[0pt]

-

-\end {center}

-

-Copyright 1991 by Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England and

-Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.

-

-{\small Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation

-for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above

-copyright notice appear in all copies. Olivetti, Digital, MIT, and the

-X Consortium

-make no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the

-information in this document. This documentation is provided as is without

-express or implied warranty.}

-

-Copyright (c) 1991 X Consortium, Inc.

-

-{\small Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

-of this software and associated documentation files (the ``Software''), to deal

-in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

-to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is

-furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

-all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

-IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

-FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE

-X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN

-AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

-CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not be

-used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings

-in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consortium.}

-\eject

-

-\section{Synchronization Protocol}

-

-The core X protocol makes no guarantees about the relative order of execution

-of requests for different clients. This means that any synchronization between

-clients must be done at the client level in an operating system-dependent and

-network-dependent manner. Even if there was an accepted standard for such

-synchronization, the use of a network introduces unpredictable delays between

-the synchronization of the clients and the delivery of the resulting requests

-to the X server.

-

-The core X protocol also makes no guarantees about the time at which requests

-are executed, which means that all clients with real-time constraints must

-implement their timing on the host computer. Any such timings are subject to

-error introduced by delays within the operating system and network and are

-inefficient because of the need for round-trip requests that keep the client and

-server synchronized.

-

-The synchronization extension provides primitives that allow synchronization

-between clients to take place entirely within the X server. This removes any

-error introduced by the network and makes it possible to synchronize clients

-on different hosts running different operating systems. This is important for

-multimedia applications, where audio, video, and graphics data streams are

-being synchronized. The extension also provides internal timers within the X

-server to which client requests can be synchronized. This allows simple

-animation applications to be implemented without any round-trip requests and

-makes best use of buffering within the client, network, and server.

-

-\subsection{Description}

-

-The mechanism used by this extension for synchronization within the X server

-is to block the processing of requests from a client until a specific

-synchronization condition occurs. When the condition occurs, the client is

-released and processing of requests continues. Multiple clients may block on

-the same condition to give inter-client synchronization.  Alternatively, a

-single client may block on a condition such as an animation frame marker.

-

-The extension adds \defn{Counter} and \defn{Alarm} to the set of resources

-managed by the server. A counter has a 64-bit integer value that may be

-increased or decreased by client requests or by the server internally. A

-client can block by sending an \request{Await} request that waits until

-one of a set of synchronization conditions, called TRIGGERs, becomes TRUE.

-

-The \request{CreateCounter} request allows a client to create a

-\defn{Counter} that can be changed by explicit \request{SetCounter} and

-\request{ChangeCounter} requests. These can be used to implement

-synchronization between different clients.

-

-There are some counters, called \defn{System Counters}, that are changed by

-the server internally rather than by client requests. The effect of any change

-to a system counter is not visible until the server has finished processing the

-current request. In other words, system counters are apparently updated in the

-gaps between the execution of requests rather than during the actual execution

-of a request. The extension provides a system counter that advances with the

-server time as defined by the core protocol, and it may also provide counters

-that advance with the real-world time or that change each time the CRT

-screen is refreshed.  Other extensions may provide their own

-extension-specific system counters.

-

-The extension provides an \defn{Alarm} mechanism that allows clients to

-receive an event on a regular basis when a particular counter is changed.

-

-\section{C Language Binding}

-

-The C routines provide direct access to	the protocol and add

-no additional semantics.

-

-The include file for this extension is \verb|<X11/extensions/sync.h>|.

-

-Most of the names in the language binding are derived from the

-protocol names by prepending \cfunctionname{XSync} to the protocol name and changing

-the capitalization.

-

-\subsection{C Functions}

-

-Most of the following functions generate SYNC protocol requests.

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncQueryExtension}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{int *}{event\_base\_return},

-\cargdecl{int *}{error\_base\_return}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-If dpy supports the SYNC extension, \cfunctionname{XSyncQueryExtension}

-returns \cconst{True}, sets *event\_base\_return to the event number for the

-first SYNC event, and sets

-*error\_base\_return to the error number for the first SYNC

-error.  If dpy does not support the SYNC extension, it

-returns \cconst{False}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncInitialize}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{int *}{major\_version\_return},

-\cargdecl{int *}{minor\_version\_return}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncInitialize} sets *major\_version\_return and

-*minor\_version\_return to the major/minor SYNC protocol

-version supported by the server.  If the XSync library is compatible

-with the version returned by the server, this function returns \cconst{True}.

-If dpy does not support the SYNC extension, or if there was an error during

-communication with the server, or if the server and library protocol

-versions are incompatible, this function returns \cconst{False}.  The only

-XSync function that may be called before this function is

-\cfunctionname{XSyncQueryExtension}.  If a client violates this rule,

-the effects of all XSync calls that it makes are undefined.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{XSyncSystemCounter *}{XSyncListSystemCounters}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{int *}{n\_counters\_return}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncListSystemCounters} returns a pointer to an

-array of system counters supported by the display and sets 

-*n\_counters\_return to the number of

-counters in the array.  The array should be freed with

-\cfunctionname{XSyncFreeSystemCounterList}.  If dpy does not

-support the SYNC extension,

-or if there was an error during communication with the

-server, or if the server does not support any system counters, this

-function returns NULL.

-

-\ctypename{XSyncSystemCounter} has the following fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-char * & name; & /* null-terminated name of system counter */\\

-XSyncCounter & counter; & /* counter id of this system counter */\\

-XSyncValue & resolution; & /* resolution of this system counter */\\

-\end{tabular}

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{void}{XSyncFreeSystemCounterList}

-\cargdecl{XSyncSystemCounter *}{list}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncFreeSystemCounterList} frees the memory associated 

-with the system counter list returned by \cfunctionname{XSyncListSystemCounters}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{XSyncCounter}{XSyncCreateCounter}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy}, 

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{initial\_value}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncCreateCounter} creates a counter on the dpy

-with the given initial\_value and returns the counter ID. 

-It returns \cconst{None} if dpy does not

-support the SYNC extension.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncSetCounter}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncCounter}{counter},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{value}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncSetCounter} sets counter to value.  

-It returns \cconst{False} if dpy does not support the SYNC extension;

-otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncChangeCounter}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncCounter}{counter},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{value}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncChangeCounter} adds value to counter.

-It returns \cconst{False} if dpy does not support the SYNC extension;

-otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncDestroyCounter}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy}, 

-\cargdecl{XSyncCounter}{counter}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncDestroyCounter} destroys counter. 

-It returns \cconst{False} if dpy does not

-support the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncQueryCounter}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncCounter}{counter},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue *}{value\_return}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncQueryCounter} sets *value\_return to the current value of

-counter.  It returns \cconst{False} if there was an error during

-communication with the server or if dpy does not support

-the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncAwait}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncWaitCondition *}{wait\_list},

-\cargdecl{int}{n\_conditions}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncAwait} awaits on the conditions in wait\_list.

-The n\_conditions is the number of wait conditions in

-wait\_list.  It returns \cconst{False} if dpy does not

-support the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-The await is processed asynchronously by the server;

-this function always returns immediately

-after issuing the request.

-

-\ctypename{XSyncWaitCondition} has the following fields:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-XSyncCounter & trigger.counter; & /* counter to trigger on */ \\

-XSyncValueType & trigger.value\_type; & /* absolute/relative */ \\

-XSyncValue & trigger.wait\_value; & /* value to compare counter to */ \\

-XSyncTestType & trigger.test\_type;	& /* pos/neg comparison/transtion */ \\

-XSyncValue & event\_threshold; & /* send event if past threshold */ \\

-\end{tabular}

-

-\ctypename{XSyncValueType} can be either \cconst{XSyncAbsolute} or \cconst{XSyncRelative}.

-

-\ctypename{XSyncTestType} can be one of \cconst{XSyncPositiveTransition},

-\cconst{XSyncNegativeTransition}, \cconst{XSyncPositiveComparison}, or

-\cconst{XSyncNegativeComparison}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{XSyncAlarm}{XSyncCreateAlarm}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{unsigned long}{values\_mask},

-\cargdecl{XSyncAlarmAttributes *}{values}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncCreateAlarm} creates an alarm and returns the alarm ID.

-It returns \cconst{None} if the display does not support the SYNC extension. 

-The values\_mask and values specify the alarm attributes.

-

-\ctypename{XSyncAlarmAttributes} has the following fields.  The attribute\_mask

-column specifies the symbol that the caller should OR into

-values\_mask to indicate that the value for the corresponding

-attribute was actually supplied.  Default values are used for all

-attributes that do not have their attribute\_mask OR'ed into 

-values\_mask.

-See the protocol

-description for \request{CreateAlarm} for the defaults.

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-type & field name & attribute\_mask \\

-XSyncCounter & trigger.counter; & \cconst{XSyncCACounter} \\

-XSyncValueType & trigger.value\_type; & \cconst{XSyncCAValueType} \\

-XSyncValue & trigger.wait\_value; & \cconst{XSyncCAValue} \\

-XSyncTestType & trigger.test\_type; & \cconst{XSyncCATestType} \\

-XSyncValue & delta;	& \cconst{XSyncCADelta} \\

-Bool & events; & \cconst{XSyncCAEvents} \\

-XSyncAlarmState & state; & client cannot set this \\

-\end{tabular}

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncDestroyAlarm}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncAlarm}{alarm}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncDestroyAlarm} destroys alarm. 

-It returns \cconst{False} if dpy does not

-support the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncQueryAlarm}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncAlarm}{alarm},

-\cargdecl{XSyncAlarmAttributes *}{values\_return}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncQueryAlarm} sets *values\_return to the alarm's

-attributes.  It returns \cconst{False} if there was an error 

-during communication with the server or if dpy does not support 

-the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncChangeAlarm}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XSyncAlarm}{alarm},

-\cargdecl{unsigned long}{values\_mask},

-\cargdecl{XSyncAlarmAttributes *}{values}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncChangeAlarm} changes alarm's attributes.

-The attributes to change are specified as in \cfunctionname{XSyncCreateAlarm}.

-It returns \cconst{False} if dpy does not support the SYNC extension; 

-otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncSetPriority}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XID}{client\_resource\_id},

-\cargdecl{int}{priority}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncSetPriority} sets the priority of the client owning 

-client\_resource\_id to priority.  

-If client\_resource\_id is \cconst{None},

-it sets the caller's priority.  It returns \cconst{False} if dpy

-does not support the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartfunction{Status}{XSyncGetPriority}

-\cargdecl{Display *}{dpy},

-\cargdecl{XID}{client\_resource\_id},

-\cargdecl{int *}{return\_priority}

-\cendfunctiondecl

-% end marker

-

-\cfunctionname{XSyncGetPriority} sets *return\_priority to the priority

-of the client owning client\_resource\_id. 

-If client\_resource\_id is

-\cconst{None}, it sets *return\_priority to the caller's priority.

-It returns \cconst{False} if there was an error

-during communication with the server or if dpy does not

-support the SYNC extension; otherwise, it returns \cconst{True}.

-\cendfuncdescription

-

-\subsection{C Macros/Functions}

-

-The following procedures manipulate 64-bit values.  They are defined

-both as macros and as functions.  By default, the macro form is used.

-To use the function form, \#undef the macro name to uncover the

-function.

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{void}{XSyncIntToValue}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{*pv},

-\cargdecl{int}{i}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Converts i to an \ctypename{XSyncValue} and stores it in

-*pv.  Performs sign extension (*pv will have the

-same sign as i.)

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{void}{XSyncIntsToValue}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{*pv},

-\cargdecl{unsigned int}{low},

-\cargdecl{int}{high}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Stores low in the low 32 bits of *pv and 

-high in the high 32 bits of *pv.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueGreaterThan}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if a is greater than b,

-else returns \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueLessThan}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if a is less than b,

-else returns \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if a is greater than or equal to b,

-else returns \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueLessOrEqual}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if a is less than or equal to b.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueEqual}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if a is equal to b,

-else returns \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueIsNegative}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{v}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if v is negative, else returns

-\cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueIsZero}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{v}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if v is zero,

-else returns \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{Bool}{XSyncValueIsPositive}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{v}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns \cconst{True} if v is positive, else returns

-\cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{unsigned int}{XSyncValueLow32}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{v}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns the low 32 bits of v.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{int}{XSyncValueHigh32}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{v}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Returns the high 32 bits of v.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{void}{XSyncValueAdd}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue *}{presult},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b},

-\cargdecl{Bool *}{poverflow}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Adds a to b and stores the result in *presult.

-If the result could not fit in 64 bits, *poverflow is set to

-\cconst{True}, else it is set to \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{void}{XSyncValueSubtract}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue *}{presult},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{a},

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue}{b},

-\cargdecl{Bool *}{poverflow}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Subtracts b from a and stores the result in

-*presult.

-If the result could not fit in 64 bits, overflow is set to

-\cconst{True}, else it is set to \cconst{False}.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{void}{XSyncMaxValue}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue *}{pv}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Sets *pv to the maximum value expressible in 64 bits.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-

-% start marker

-\cstartmacro{void}{XSyncMinValue}

-\cargdecl{XSyncValue *}{pv}

-\cendmacrodecl

-% end marker

-

-Sets *pv to the minimum value expressible in 64 bits.

-\cendmacrodescription

-

-\subsection{Events}

-

-Let \cargname{event\_base} be the value \cargname{event\_base\_return}

-as defined in the function \cfunctionname{XSyncQueryExtension}.

-

-An \ctypename{XSyncCounterNotifyEvent}'s type field has the value

-\cargname{event\_base} + \cconst{XSyncCounterNotify}.  The fields of

-this structure are:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-int & type;	& /* event base + \cconst{XSyncCounterNotify} */ \\

-unsigned long & serial; & /* number of last request processed by server */ \\

-Bool & send\_event;& /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */ \\

-Display * & display; & /* Display the event was read from */\\

-XSyncCounter & counter;	& /* counter involved in await */\\

-XSyncValue & wait\_value; & /* value being waited for */\\

-XSyncValue & counter\_value; & /* counter value when this event was sent */\\

-Time & time; & /* milliseconds */\\

-int & count; & /* how many more events to come */\\

-Bool & destroyed; & /* True if counter was destroyed */\\

-\end{tabular}

-

-An \ctypename{XSyncAlarmNotifyEvent}'s type field has the value

-\cargname{event\_base} + \cconst{XSyncAlarmNotify}.  The fields of this

-structure are:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-int & type;&	/* event base + \cconst{XSyncAlarmNotify} */\\

-unsigned long & serial;&/* number of last request processed by server */\\

-Bool & send\_event;& /* true if this came from a SendEvent request */\\

-Display * & display;&	/* Display the event was read from */\\

-XSyncAlarm & alarm;&	/* alarm that triggered */\\

-XSyncValue & counter\_value;&/* value that triggered the alarm */\\

-XSyncValue & alarm\_value;&	/* test  value of trigger in alarm */\\

-Time & time;&	/* milliseconds */\\

-XSyncAlarmState & state;&	/* new state of alarm */\\

-\end{tabular}

-

-\subsection{Errors}

-

-Let \cargname{error\_base} be the value \cargname{error\_base\_return}

-as defined in the function \cfunctionname{XSyncQueryExtension}.

-

-An \ctypename{XSyncAlarmError}'s error\_code field has the value

-\cargname{error\_base} + \cconst{XSyncBadAlarm}.  The fields of

-this structure are:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-int & type;	\\

-Display * & display;& /* Display the event was read from */\\

-XSyncAlarm &  alarm;& /* resource id */\\

-unsigned long & serial;& /* serial number of failed request */\\

-unsigned char & error\_code;&/* error base + XSyncBadAlarm */\\

-unsigned char & request\_code;&/* Major op-code of failed request */\\

-unsigned char & minor\_code;&/* Minor op-code of failed request */\\

-\end{tabular}

-

-An \ctypename{XSyncCounterError}'s error\_code field has the value

-\cargname{error\_base} + \cconst{XSyncBadCounter}.  The fields of

-this structure are:

-

-\begin{tabular}{lll}

-int &type;\\

-Display * & display;&	/* Display the event was read from */\\

-XSyncCounter & counter;&	/* resource id */\\

-unsigned long & serial;&	/* serial number of failed request */\\

-unsigned char & error\_code;&/* error base + XSyncBadCounter */\\

-unsigned char & request\_code;&/* Major op-code of failed request */\\

-unsigned char & minor\_code;& /* Minor op-code of failed request */\\

-\end{tabular}

-

-\end{document}

diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c b/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c
index 097900058..d495116dc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c
+++ b/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c
@@ -1,2865 +1,2895 @@
-/*

-

-Copyright 1991, 1993, 1998  The Open Group

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

-documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

-the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

-documentation.

-

-The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included

-in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

-

-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.

-IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

-OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

-ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

-OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

-

-Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall

-not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or

-other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization

-from The Open Group.

-

-

-Copyright 1991, 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,

-and Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England.

-

-                        All Rights Reserved

-

-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its

-documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,

-provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that

-both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in

-supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or Olivetti

-not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-software without specific, written prior permission.  Digital and Olivetti

-make no representations about the suitability of this software

-for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

-

-DIGITAL AND OLIVETTI DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS

-SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND

-FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

-CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF

-USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR

-OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

-PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

-

-*/

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <string.h>

-

-#include <X11/X.h>

-#include <X11/Xproto.h>

-#include <X11/Xmd.h>

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "os.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "pixmapstr.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include <X11/extensions/syncproto.h>

-#include "syncsrv.h"

-#include "syncsdk.h"

-#include "protocol-versions.h"

-

-#include <stdio.h>

-#if !defined(WIN32)

-#include <sys/time.h>

-#endif

-

-#include "modinit.h"

-

-/*

- * Local Global Variables

- */

-static int      SyncEventBase;

-static int      SyncErrorBase;

-static RESTYPE  RTCounter = 0;

-static RESTYPE  RTAwait;

-static RESTYPE  RTAlarm;

-static RESTYPE  RTAlarmClient;

-static RESTYPE  RTFence;

-static int SyncNumSystemCounters = 0;

-static SyncCounter **SysCounterList = NULL;

-

-#define IsSystemCounter(pCounter) \

-    (pCounter && (pCounter->sync.client == NULL))

-

-/* these are all the alarm attributes that pertain to the alarm's trigger */

-#define XSyncCAAllTrigger \

-    (XSyncCACounter | XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue | XSyncCATestType)

-

-static void SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *);

-

-static void SyncInitServerTime(void);

-

-static void SyncInitIdleTime(void);

-

-

-/*  Each counter maintains a simple linked list of triggers that are

- *  interested in the counter.  The two functions below are used to

- *  delete and add triggers on this list.

- */

-static void

-SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)

-{

-    SyncTriggerList *pCur;

-    SyncTriggerList *pPrev;

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    /* pSync needs to be stored in pTrigger before calling here. */

-

-    if (!pTrigger->pSync)

-	return;

-

-    pPrev = NULL;

-    pCur = pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist;

-

-    while (pCur)

-    {

-	if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger)

-	{

-	    if (pPrev)

-		pPrev->next = pCur->next;

-	    else

-		pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist = pCur->next;

-

-	    free(pCur);

-	    break;

-	}

-	

-	pPrev = pCur;

-	pCur = pCur->next;

-    }

-

-    if (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)

-    {

-	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-	if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-	    SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);

-    } else if (SYNC_FENCE == pTrigger->pSync->type) {

-	SyncFence* pFence = (SyncFence*) pTrigger->pSync;

-	pFence->funcs.DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);

-    }

-}

-

-

-static int

-SyncAddTriggerToSyncObject(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)

-{

-    SyncTriggerList *pCur;

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    if (!pTrigger->pSync)

-	return Success;

-

-    /* don't do anything if it's already there */

-    for (pCur = pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next)

-    {

-	if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger)

-	    return Success;

-    }

-

-    if (!(pCur = malloc(sizeof(SyncTriggerList))))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    pCur->pTrigger = pTrigger;

-    pCur->next = pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist;

-    pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist = pCur;

-

-    if (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)

-    {

-	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-	if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-	    SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);

-    } else if (SYNC_FENCE == pTrigger->pSync->type) {

-	SyncFence* pFence = (SyncFence*) pTrigger->pSync;

-	pFence->funcs.AddTrigger(pTrigger);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/*  Below are five possible functions that can be plugged into

- *  pTrigger->CheckTrigger for counter sync objects, corresponding to

- *  the four possible test-types, and the one possible function that

- *  can be plugged into pTrigger->CheckTrigger for fence sync objects.

- *  These functions are called after the sync object's state changes

- *  but are also passed the old state so they can inspect both the old

- *  and new values.  (PositiveTransition and NegativeTransition need to

- *  see both pieces of information.)  These functions return the truth

- *  value of the trigger.

- *

- *  All of them include the condition pTrigger->pSync == NULL.

- *  This is because the spec says that a trigger with a sync value

- *  of None is always TRUE.

- */

-

-static Bool

-SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)

-{

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));

-    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-    return (pCounter == NULL ||

-	    XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value));

-}

-

-static Bool

-SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger,  CARD64 oldval)

-{

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));

-    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-    return (pCounter == NULL ||

-	    XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value));

-}

-

-static Bool

-SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)

-{

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));

-    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-    return (pCounter == NULL ||

-	    (XSyncValueLessThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) &&

-	     XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value)));

-}

-

-static Bool

-SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)

-{

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));

-    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-    return (pCounter == NULL ||

-	    (XSyncValueGreaterThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) &&

-	     XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value)));

-}

-

-static Bool

-SyncCheckTriggerFence(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 unused)

-{

-    SyncFence* pFence = (SyncFence*) pTrigger->pSync;

-    (void)unused;

-

-    return (pFence == NULL ||

-	    pFence->funcs.CheckTriggered(pFence));

-}

-

-static int

-SyncInitTrigger(ClientPtr client, SyncTrigger *pTrigger, XID syncObject,

-		RESTYPE resType, Mask changes)

-{

-    SyncObject *pSync = pTrigger->pSync;

-    SyncCounter *pCounter = NULL;

-    int		rc;

-    Bool	newSyncObject = FALSE;

-

-    if (changes & XSyncCACounter)

-    {

-	if (syncObject == None)

-	    pSync = NULL;

-	else if (Success != (rc = dixLookupResourceByType ((pointer *)&pSync,

-				syncObject, resType, client, DixReadAccess)))

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = syncObject;

-	    return rc;

-	}

-	if (pSync != pTrigger->pSync)

-	{ /* new counter for trigger */

-	    SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(pTrigger);

-	    pTrigger->pSync = pSync;

-	    newSyncObject = TRUE;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */

-

-    if (pSync && SYNC_COUNTER == pSync->type)

-    {

-	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pSync;

-

-	if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-	{

-	    (*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter,

-						      &pCounter->value);

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (changes & XSyncCAValueType)

-    {

-	if (pTrigger->value_type != XSyncRelative &&

-	    pTrigger->value_type != XSyncAbsolute)

-	{

-	    client->errorValue = pTrigger->value_type;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (changes & XSyncCATestType)

-    {

-

-	if (pSync && SYNC_FENCE == pSync->type)

-	{

-	    pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerFence;

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    if (pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveTransition &&

-		pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeTransition &&

-		pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveComparison &&

-		pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeComparison)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = pTrigger->test_type;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    /* select appropriate CheckTrigger function */

-

-	    switch (pTrigger->test_type)

-	    {

-	    case XSyncPositiveTransition:

-		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition;

-		break;

-	    case XSyncNegativeTransition:

-		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition;

-		break;

-	    case XSyncPositiveComparison:

-		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison;

-		break;

-	    case XSyncNegativeComparison:

-		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison;

-		break;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (changes & (XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue))

-    {

-	if (pTrigger->value_type == XSyncAbsolute)

-	    pTrigger->test_value = pTrigger->wait_value;

-	else /* relative */

-	{

-	    Bool overflow;

-	    if (pCounter == NULL)

-		return BadMatch;

-

-	    XSyncValueAdd(&pTrigger->test_value, pCounter->value,

-			  pTrigger->wait_value, &overflow);

-	    if (overflow)

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value);

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    /*  we wait until we're sure there are no errors before registering

-     *  a new counter on a trigger

-     */

-    if (newSyncObject)

-    {

-	if ((rc = SyncAddTriggerToSyncObject(pTrigger)) != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-    else if (pCounter && IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*  AlarmNotify events happen in response to actions taken on an Alarm or

- *  the counter used by the alarm.  AlarmNotify may be sent to multiple

- *  clients.  The alarm maintains a list of clients interested in events.

- */

-static void

-SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(SyncAlarm *pAlarm)

-{

-    SyncAlarmClientList *pcl;

-    xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent ane;

-    SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));

-

-    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-

-    ane.type = SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify;

-    ane.kind = XSyncAlarmNotify;

-    ane.alarm = pAlarm->alarm_id;

-    if (pTrigger->pSync && SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)

-    {

-	ane.counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);

-	ane.counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);

-    }

-    else

-    { /* XXX what else can we do if there's no counter? */

-	ane.counter_value_hi = ane.counter_value_lo = 0;

-    }

-

-    ane.alarm_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);

-    ane.alarm_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);

-    ane.time = currentTime.milliseconds;

-    ane.state = pAlarm->state;

-

-    /* send to owner */

-    if (pAlarm->events)

-	WriteEventsToClient(pAlarm->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane);

-

-    /* send to other interested clients */

-    for (pcl = pAlarm->pEventClients; pcl; pcl = pcl->next)

-	WriteEventsToClient(pcl->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane);

-}

-

-

-/*  CounterNotify events only occur in response to an Await.  The events

- *  go only to the Awaiting client.

- */

-static void

-SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(ClientPtr client, SyncAwait **ppAwait,

-			    int num_events)

-{

-    xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *pEvents, *pev;

-    int i;

-

-    if (client->clientGone)

-	return;

-    pev = pEvents = malloc(num_events * sizeof(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent));

-    if (!pEvents)

-	return;

-    UpdateCurrentTime();

-    for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++, ppAwait++, pev++)

-    {

-	SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &(*ppAwait)->trigger;

-	pev->type = SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify;

-	pev->kind = XSyncCounterNotify;

-	pev->counter = pTrigger->pSync->id;

-	pev->wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);

-	pev->wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);

-	if (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)

-	{

-	    SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-	    pev->counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);

-	    pev->counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);

-	}

-	else

-	{

-	    pev->counter_value_lo = 0;

-	    pev->counter_value_hi = 0;

-	}

-

-	pev->time = currentTime.milliseconds;

-	pev->count = num_events - i - 1; /* events remaining */

-	pev->destroyed = pTrigger->pSync->beingDestroyed;

-    }

-    /* swapping will be taken care of by this */

-    WriteEventsToClient(client, num_events, (xEvent *)pEvents);

-    free(pEvents);

-}

-

-

-/* This function is called when an alarm's counter is destroyed.

- * It is plugged into pTrigger->CounterDestroyed (for alarm triggers).

- */

-static void

-SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)

-{

-    SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger;

-

-    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;

-    SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);

-    pTrigger->pSync = NULL;

-}

-

-

-/*  This function is called when an alarm "goes off."

- *  It is plugged into pTrigger->TriggerFired (for alarm triggers).

- */

-static void

-SyncAlarmTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)

-{

-    SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger;

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-    CARD64 new_test_value;

-

-    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));

-    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-    /* no need to check alarm unless it's active */

-    if (pAlarm->state != XSyncAlarmActive)

-	return;

-

-    /*  " if the counter value is None, or if the delta is 0 and

-     *    the test-type is PositiveComparison or NegativeComparison,

-     *    no change is made to value (test-value) and the alarm

-     *    state is changed to Inactive before the event is generated."

-     */

-    if (pCounter == NULL

-	|| (XSyncValueIsZero(pAlarm->delta)

-	    && (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison

-		|| pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison)))

-	pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;

-

-    new_test_value = pAlarm->trigger.test_value;

-

-    if (pAlarm->state == XSyncAlarmActive)

-    {

-	Bool overflow;

-	CARD64 oldvalue;

-	SyncTrigger *paTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;

-	SyncCounter *paCounter;

-

-	assert(!paTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == paTrigger->pSync->type));

-	paCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-	/* "The alarm is updated by repeatedly adding delta to the

-	 *  value of the trigger and re-initializing it until it

-	 *  becomes FALSE."

-	 */

-	oldvalue = paTrigger->test_value;

-

-	/* XXX really should do something smarter here */

-

-	do

-	{

-	    XSyncValueAdd(&paTrigger->test_value, paTrigger->test_value,

-			  pAlarm->delta, &overflow);

-	} while (!overflow &&

-	      (*paTrigger->CheckTrigger)(paTrigger,

-					paCounter->value));

-

-	new_test_value = paTrigger->test_value;

-	paTrigger->test_value = oldvalue;

-

-	/* "If this update would cause value to fall outside the range

-	 *  for an INT64...no change is made to value (test-value) and

-	 *  the alarm state is changed to Inactive before the event is

-	 *  generated."

-	 */

-	if (overflow)

-	{

-	    new_test_value = oldvalue;

-	    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;

-	}

-    }

-    /*  The AlarmNotify event has to have the "new state of the alarm"

-     *  which we can't be sure of until this point.  However, it has

-     *  to have the "old" trigger test value.  That's the reason for

-     *  all the newvalue/oldvalue shuffling above.  After we send the

-     *  events, give the trigger its new test value.

-     */

-    SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);

-    pTrigger->test_value = new_test_value;

-}

-

-

-/*  This function is called when an Await unblocks, either as a result

- *  of the trigger firing OR the counter being destroyed.

- *  It goes into pTrigger->TriggerFired AND pTrigger->CounterDestroyed

- *  (for Await triggers).

- */

-static void

-SyncAwaitTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)

-{

-    SyncAwait *pAwait = (SyncAwait *)pTrigger;

-    int numwaits;

-    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;

-    SyncAwait **ppAwait;

-    int num_events = 0;

-

-    pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *)pAwait->pHeader;

-    numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions;

-    ppAwait = malloc(numwaits * sizeof(SyncAwait *));

-    if (!ppAwait)

-	goto bail;

-

-    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await;

-

-    /* "When a client is unblocked, all the CounterNotify events for

-     *  the Await request are generated contiguously. If count is 0

-     *  there are no more events to follow for this request. If

-     *  count is n, there are at least n more events to follow."

-     *

-     *  Thus, it is best to find all the counters for which events

-     *  need to be sent first, so that an accurate count field can

-     *  be stored in the events.

-     */

-    for ( ; numwaits; numwaits--, pAwait++)

-    {

-	CARD64 diff;

-	Bool overflow, diffgreater, diffequal;

-

-	/* "A CounterNotify event with the destroyed flag set to TRUE is

-	 *  always generated if the counter for one of the triggers is

-	 *  destroyed."

-	 */

-	if (pAwait->trigger.pSync->beingDestroyed)

-	{

-	    ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait;

-	    continue;

-	}

-	

-	if (SYNC_COUNTER == pAwait->trigger.pSync->type)

-	{

-	    SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *) pAwait->trigger.pSync;

-

-	    /* "The difference between the counter and the test value is

-	     *  calculated by subtracting the test value from the value of

-	     *  the counter."

-	     */

-	    XSyncValueSubtract(&diff, pCounter->value,

-			       pAwait->trigger.test_value, &overflow);

-

-	    /* "If the difference lies outside the range for an INT64, an

-	     *  event is not generated."

-	     */

-	    if (overflow)

-		continue;

-	    diffgreater = XSyncValueGreaterThan(diff, pAwait->event_threshold);

-	    diffequal   = XSyncValueEqual(diff, pAwait->event_threshold);

-

-	    /* "If the test-type is PositiveTransition or

-	     *  PositiveComparison, a CounterNotify event is generated if

-	     *  the difference is at least event-threshold. If the test-type

-	     *  is NegativeTransition or NegativeComparison, a CounterNotify

-	     *  event is generated if the difference is at most

-	     *  event-threshold."

-	     */

-

-	    if ( ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison ||

-		   pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition)

-		  && (diffgreater || diffequal))

-		 ||

-		 ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison ||

-		   pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition)

-		  && (!diffgreater) /* less or equal */

-		 )

-	       )

-	    {

-		ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    if (num_events)

-	SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(pAwaitUnion->header.client, ppAwait,

-				    num_events);

-    free(ppAwait);

-

-bail:

-    /* unblock the client */

-    AttendClient(pAwaitUnion->header.client);

-    /* delete the await */

-    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);

-}

-

-

-/*  This function should always be used to change a counter's value so that

- *  any triggers depending on the counter will be checked.

- */

-void

-SyncChangeCounter(SyncCounter *pCounter, CARD64 newval)

-{

-    SyncTriggerList       *ptl, *pnext;

-    CARD64 oldval;

-

-    oldval = pCounter->value;

-    pCounter->value = newval;

-

-    /* run through triggers to see if any become true */

-    for (ptl = pCounter->sync.pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext)

-    {

-	pnext = ptl->next;

-	if ((*ptl->pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(ptl->pTrigger, oldval))

-	    (*ptl->pTrigger->TriggerFired)(ptl->pTrigger);

-    }

-

-    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);

-    }

-}

-

-

-/* loosely based on dix/events.c/EventSelectForWindow */

-static Bool

-SyncEventSelectForAlarm(SyncAlarm *pAlarm, ClientPtr client, Bool wantevents)

-{

-    SyncAlarmClientList *pClients;

-

-    if (client == pAlarm->client) /* alarm owner */

-    {

-	pAlarm->events = wantevents;

-	return Success;

-    }

-

-    /* see if the client is already on the list (has events selected) */

-

-    for (pClients = pAlarm->pEventClients; pClients;

-	 pClients = pClients->next)

-    {

-	if (pClients->client == client)

-	{

-	    /* client's presence on the list indicates desire for

-	     * events.  If the client doesn't want events, remove it

-	     * from the list.  If the client does want events, do

-	     * nothing, since it's already got them.

-	     */

-	    if (!wantevents)

-	    {

-		FreeResource(pClients->delete_id, RT_NONE);

-	    }

-	    return Success;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /*  if we get here, this client does not currently have

-     *  events selected on the alarm

-     */

-

-    if (!wantevents)

-	/* client doesn't want events, and we just discovered that it

-	 * doesn't have them, so there's nothing to do.

-	 */

-	return Success;

-

-    /* add new client to pAlarm->pEventClients */

-

-    pClients = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarmClientList));

-    if (!pClients)

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    /*  register it as a resource so it will be cleaned up

-     *  if the client dies

-     */

-

-    pClients->delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index);

-    if (!AddResource(pClients->delete_id, RTAlarmClient, pAlarm))

-    {

-	free(pClients);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    /* link it into list after we know all the allocations succeed */

-

-    pClients->next = pAlarm->pEventClients;

-    pAlarm->pEventClients = pClients;

-    pClients->client = client;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** SyncChangeAlarmAttributes ** This is used by CreateAlarm and ChangeAlarm

- */

-static int

-SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(ClientPtr client, SyncAlarm *pAlarm, Mask mask,

-			  CARD32 *values)

-{

-    int		   status;

-    XSyncCounter   counter;

-    Mask	   origmask = mask;

-

-    counter =

-	pAlarm->trigger.pSync ? pAlarm->trigger.pSync->id : None;

-

-    while (mask)

-    {

-	int    index2 = lowbit(mask);

-	mask &= ~index2;

-	switch (index2)

-	{

-	  case XSyncCACounter:

-	    mask &= ~XSyncCACounter;

-	    /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */

-	    counter = *values++;

-	    break;

-

-	  case XSyncCAValueType:

-	    mask &= ~XSyncCAValueType;

-	    /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */

-	    pAlarm->trigger.value_type = *values++;

-	    break;

-

-	  case XSyncCAValue:

-	    mask &= ~XSyncCAValue;

-	    XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->trigger.wait_value, values[1], values[0]);

-	    values += 2;

-	    break;

-

-	  case XSyncCATestType:

-	    mask &= ~XSyncCATestType;

-	    /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */

-	    pAlarm->trigger.test_type = *values++;

-	    break;

-

-	  case XSyncCADelta:

-	    mask &= ~XSyncCADelta;

-	    XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->delta, values[1], values[0]);

-	    values += 2;

-	    break;

-

-	  case XSyncCAEvents:

-	    mask &= ~XSyncCAEvents;

-	    if ((*values != xTrue) && (*values != xFalse))

-	    {

-		client->errorValue = *values;

-		return BadValue;

-	    }

-	    status = SyncEventSelectForAlarm(pAlarm, client,

-					     (Bool)(*values++));

-	    if (status != Success)

-		return status;

-	    break;

-

-	  default:

-	    client->errorValue = mask;

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* "If the test-type is PositiveComparison or PositiveTransition

-     *  and delta is less than zero, or if the test-type is

-     *  NegativeComparison or NegativeTransition and delta is

-     *  greater than zero, a Match error is generated."

-     */

-    if (origmask & (XSyncCADelta|XSyncCATestType))

-    {

-	CARD64 zero;

-	XSyncIntToValue(&zero, 0);

-	if ((((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison) ||

-	      (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition))

-	     && XSyncValueLessThan(pAlarm->delta, zero))

-	    ||

-	    (((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison) ||

-	      (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition))

-	     && XSyncValueGreaterThan(pAlarm->delta, zero))

-	   )

-	{

-	    return BadMatch;

-	}

-    }

-

-    /* postpone this until now, when we're sure nothing else can go wrong */

-    if ((status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAlarm->trigger, counter, RTCounter,

-			     origmask & XSyncCAAllTrigger)) != Success)

-	return status;

-

-    /* XXX spec does not really say to do this - needs clarification */

-    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmActive;

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static SyncObject *

-SyncCreate(ClientPtr client, XID id, unsigned char type)

-{

-    SyncObject *pSync;

-    RESTYPE resType;

-

-    switch (type) {

-    case SYNC_COUNTER:

-	resType = RTCounter;

-	pSync = malloc(sizeof(SyncCounter));

-	break;

-    case SYNC_FENCE:

-	resType = RTFence;

-	pSync = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(SyncFence,

-					      PRIVATE_SYNC_FENCE);

-	break;

-    default:

-	return NULL;

-    }

-

-    if (!pSync)

-	return NULL;

-

-    if (!AddResource(id, resType, (pointer) pSync))

-    {

-	switch (type) {

-	case SYNC_FENCE:

-	    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates((SyncFence *)pSync, PRIVATE_SYNC_FENCE);

-	    break;

-	default:

-	    free(pSync);

-	}

-

-	return NULL;

-    }

-

-    pSync->client = client;

-    pSync->id = id;

-    pSync->pTriglist = NULL;

-    pSync->beingDestroyed = FALSE;

-    pSync->type = type;

-

-    return pSync;

-}

-

-

-static SyncCounter *

-SyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client, XSyncCounter id, CARD64 initialvalue)

-{

-    SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-    if (!(pCounter = (SyncCounter *)SyncCreate(client,

-					       id,

-					       SYNC_COUNTER)))

-	return NULL;

-

-    pCounter->value = initialvalue;

-    pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = NULL;

-    return pCounter;

-}

-

-static int FreeCounter(void *, XID);

-

-/*

- * ***** System Counter utilities

- */

-

-pointer

-SyncCreateSystemCounter(

-	char *name,

-	CARD64 initial,

-	CARD64 resolution,

-	SyncCounterType counterType,

-	void (*QueryValue)(pointer /* pCounter */,

-	      	           CARD64 * /* pValue_return */),

-	void (*BracketValues)(pointer /* pCounter */,

-	       	              CARD64 * /* pbracket_less */,

-	                      CARD64 * /* pbracket_greater */)

-	)

-{

-    SyncCounter    *pCounter;

-

-    SysCounterList = realloc(SysCounterList,

-			    (SyncNumSystemCounters+1)*sizeof(SyncCounter *));

-    if (!SysCounterList)

-	return NULL;

-

-    /* this function may be called before SYNC has been initialized, so we

-     * have to make sure RTCounter is created.

-     */

-    if (RTCounter == 0)

-    {

-	RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter");

-	if (RTCounter == 0)

-	{

-	    return NULL;

-	}

-    }

-

-    pCounter = SyncCreateCounter(NULL, FakeClientID(0), initial);

-

-    if (pCounter)

-    {

-	SysCounterInfo *psci;

-

-	psci = malloc(sizeof(SysCounterInfo));

-	if (!psci)

-	{

-	    FreeResource(pCounter->sync.id, RT_NONE);

-	    return pCounter;

-	}

-	pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = psci;

-	psci->name = name;

-	psci->resolution = resolution;

-	psci->counterType = counterType;

-	psci->QueryValue = QueryValue;

-	psci->BracketValues = BracketValues;

-	XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater);

-	XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less);

-	SysCounterList[SyncNumSystemCounters++] = pCounter;

-    }

-    return pCounter;

-}

-

-void

-SyncDestroySystemCounter(pointer pSysCounter)

-{

-    SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pSysCounter;

-    FreeResource(pCounter->sync.id, RT_NONE);

-}

-

-static void

-SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *pCounter)

-{

-    SyncTriggerList *pCur;

-    SyncTrigger *pTrigger;

-    SysCounterInfo *psci;

-    CARD64 *pnewgtval = NULL;

-    CARD64 *pnewltval = NULL;

-    SyncCounterType ct;

-

-    if (!pCounter)

-	return;

-

-    psci = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo;

-    ct = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->counterType;

-    if (ct == XSyncCounterNeverChanges)

-	return;

-

-    XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater);

-    XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less);

-

-    for (pCur = pCounter->sync.pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next)

-    {

-	pTrigger = pCur->pTrigger;

-	

-        if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison &&

-	    ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases)

-	{

-	    if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&

-		XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value,

-				   psci->bracket_greater))

-	    {

-		psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;

-		pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;

-	    }

-	}

-	else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison &&

-		 ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases)

-	{

-	    if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&

-		XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value,

-				      psci->bracket_less))

-	    {

-		psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;

-		pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;

-	    }

-	}

-	else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition &&

-		   ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases)

-	{

-	    if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&

-		XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_less))

-	    {

-		psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;

-		pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;

-	    }

-	}

-        else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition &&

-		  ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases)

-	{

-	    if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&

-		XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_greater))

-	    {

-		psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;

-		pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;

-	    }

-	}

-    } /* end for each trigger */

-

-    if (pnewgtval || pnewltval)

-    {

-	(*psci->BracketValues)((pointer)pCounter, pnewltval, pnewgtval);

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * *****  Resource delete functions

- */

-

-/* ARGSUSED */

-static int

-FreeAlarm(void *addr, XID id)

-{

-    SyncAlarm      *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *) addr;

-

-    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmDestroyed;

-

-    SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);

-

-    /* delete event selections */

-

-    while (pAlarm->pEventClients)

-	FreeResource(pAlarm->pEventClients->delete_id, RT_NONE);

-

-    SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(&pAlarm->trigger);

-

-    free(pAlarm);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/*

- * ** Cleanup after the destruction of a Counter

- */

-/* ARGSUSED */

-static int

-FreeCounter(void *env, XID id)

-{

-    SyncCounter     *pCounter = (SyncCounter *) env;

-    SyncTriggerList *ptl, *pnext;

-

-    pCounter->sync.beingDestroyed = TRUE;

-    /* tell all the counter's triggers that the counter has been destroyed */

-    for (ptl = pCounter->sync.pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext)

-    {

-	(*ptl->pTrigger->CounterDestroyed)(ptl->pTrigger);

-	pnext = ptl->next;

-	free(ptl); /* destroy the trigger list as we go */

-    }

-    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	int i, found = 0;

-

-	free(pCounter->pSysCounterInfo);

-

-	/* find the counter in the list of system counters and remove it */

-

-	if (SysCounterList)

-	{

-	    for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)

-	    {

-		if (SysCounterList[i] == pCounter)

-		{

-		    found = i;

-		    break;

-		}

-	    }

-	    if (found < (SyncNumSystemCounters-1))

-	    {

-		for (i = found; i < SyncNumSystemCounters-1; i++)

-		{

-		    SysCounterList[i] = SysCounterList[i+1];

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-	SyncNumSystemCounters--;

-    }

-    free(pCounter);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Cleanup after Await

- */

-/* ARGSUSED */

-static int

-FreeAwait(void *addr, XID id)

-{

-    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *) addr;

-    SyncAwait *pAwait;

-    int numwaits;

-

-    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* first await on list */

-

-    /* remove triggers from counters */

-

-    for (numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions; numwaits;

-	 numwaits--, pAwait++)

-    {

-	/* If the counter is being destroyed, FreeCounter will delete

-	 * the trigger list itself, so don't do it here.

-	 */

-	SyncObject *pSync = pAwait->trigger.pSync;

-	if (pSync && !pSync->beingDestroyed)

-	    SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(&pAwait->trigger);

-    }

-    free(pAwaitUnion);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/* loosely based on dix/events.c/OtherClientGone */

-static int

-FreeAlarmClient(void *value, XID id)

-{

-    SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)value;

-    SyncAlarmClientList *pCur, *pPrev;

-

-    for (pPrev = NULL, pCur = pAlarm->pEventClients;

-	 pCur;

-	 pPrev = pCur, pCur = pCur->next)

-    {

-	if (pCur->delete_id == id)

-	{

-	    if (pPrev)

-		pPrev->next = pCur->next;

-	    else

-		pAlarm->pEventClients = pCur->next;

-	    free(pCur);

-	    return Success;

-	}

-    }

-    FatalError("alarm client not on event list");

-    /*NOTREACHED*/

-}

-

-

-/*

- * *****  Proc functions

- */

-

-

-/*

- * ** Initialize the extension

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xSyncInitializeReply  rep;

-    int   n;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncInitializeReq);

-

-    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xSyncInitializeReply));

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.majorVersion = SERVER_SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION;

-    rep.minorVersion = SERVER_SYNC_MINOR_VERSION;

-    rep.length = 0;

-

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-    }

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Get list of system counters available through the extension

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    xSyncListSystemCountersReply  rep;

-    int i, len;

-    xSyncSystemCounter *list = NULL, *walklist = NULL;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncListSystemCountersReq);

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.nCounters = SyncNumSystemCounters;

-

-    for (i = len = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)

-    {

-	char *name = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo->name;

-	/* pad to 4 byte boundary */

-	len += pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + strlen(name));

-    }

-

-    if (len)

-    {

-	walklist = list = malloc(len);

-	if (!list)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    rep.length = bytes_to_int32(len);

-

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	char n;

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swapl(&rep.nCounters, n);

-    }

-

-    for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)

-    {

-	int namelen;

-	char *pname_in_reply;

-	SysCounterInfo *psci = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo;

-

-	walklist->counter = SysCounterList[i]->sync.id;

-	walklist->resolution_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(psci->resolution);

-	walklist->resolution_lo = XSyncValueLow32(psci->resolution);

-	namelen = strlen(psci->name);

-	walklist->name_length = namelen;

-

-	if (client->swapped)

-	{

-	    char n;

-	    swapl(&walklist->counter, n);

-	    swapl(&walklist->resolution_hi, n);

-	    swapl(&walklist->resolution_lo, n);

-	    swaps(&walklist->name_length, n);

-	}

-

-	pname_in_reply = ((char *)walklist) + sz_xSyncSystemCounter;

-	strncpy(pname_in_reply, psci->name, namelen);

-	walklist = (xSyncSystemCounter *) (((char *)walklist) +

-				pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + namelen));

-    }

-

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep);

-    if (len)

-    {

-	WriteToClient(client, len, (char *) list);

-	free(list);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Set client Priority

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq);

-    ClientPtr priorityclient;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetPriorityReq);

-

-    if (stuff->id == None)

-	priorityclient = client;

-    else {

-	rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client,

-			     DixSetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-

-    if (priorityclient->priority != stuff->priority)

-    {

-	priorityclient->priority = stuff->priority;

-

-	/*  The following will force the server back into WaitForSomething

-	 *  so that the change in this client's priority is immediately

-	 *  reflected.

-	 */

-	isItTimeToYield = TRUE;

-	dispatchException |= DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Get client Priority

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq);

-    xSyncGetPriorityReply rep;

-    ClientPtr priorityclient;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncGetPriorityReq);

-

-    if (stuff->id == None)

-	priorityclient = client;

-    else {

-	rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client,

-			     DixGetAttrAccess);

-	if (rc != Success)

-	    return rc;

-    }

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.priority = priorityclient->priority;

-

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	char n;

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.priority, n);

-    }

-

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncGetPriorityReply), (char *) &rep);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Create a new counter

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq);

-    CARD64          initial;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncCreateCounterReq);

-

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);

-

-    XSyncIntsToValue(&initial, stuff->initial_value_lo, stuff->initial_value_hi);

-    if (!SyncCreateCounter(client, stuff->cid, initial))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Set Counter value

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq);

-    SyncCounter    *pCounter;

-    CARD64	   newvalue;

-    int	rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetCounterReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter,

-				 client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->cid;

-	return BadAccess;

-    }

-

-    XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi);

-    SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Change Counter value

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq);

-    SyncCounter    *pCounter;

-    CARD64          newvalue;

-    Bool	    overflow;

-    int	rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncChangeCounterReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter,

-				 client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->cid;

-	return BadAccess;

-    }

-

-    XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi);

-    XSyncValueAdd(&newvalue, pCounter->value, newvalue, &overflow);

-    if (overflow)

-    {

-	/* XXX 64 bit value can't fit in 32 bits; do the best we can */

-	client->errorValue = stuff->value_hi;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Destroy a counter

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);

-    SyncCounter    *pCounter;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter, RTCounter,

-				 client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->counter;

-	return BadAccess;

-    }

-    FreeResource(pCounter->sync.id, RT_NONE);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static SyncAwaitUnion*

-SyncAwaitPrologue(ClientPtr client, int items)

-{

-    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;

-

-    /*  all the memory for the entire await list is allocated

-     *  here in one chunk

-     */

-    pAwaitUnion = malloc((items+1) * sizeof(SyncAwaitUnion));

-    if (!pAwaitUnion)

-	return NULL;

-

-    /* first item is the header, remainder are real wait conditions */

-

-    pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index);

-    if (!AddResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RTAwait, pAwaitUnion))

-    {

-	free(pAwaitUnion);

-	return NULL;

-    }

-

-    pAwaitUnion->header.client = client;

-    pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions = 0;

-

-    return pAwaitUnion;

-}

-

-static void

-SyncAwaitEpilogue(ClientPtr client, int items, SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion)

-{

-    SyncAwait *pAwait;

-    int i;

-

-    IgnoreClient(client);

-

-    /* see if any of the triggers are already true */

-

-    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */

-    for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pAwait++)

-    {

-	CARD64 value;

-

-	/*  don't have to worry about NULL counters because the request

-	 *  errors before we get here out if they occur

-	 */

-	switch (pAwait->trigger.pSync->type) {

-	case SYNC_COUNTER:

-	    value = ((SyncCounter *)pAwait->trigger.pSync)->value;

-	    break;

-	default:

-	    XSyncIntToValue(&value, 0);

-	}

-

-	if ((*pAwait->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAwait->trigger, value))

-	{

-	    (*pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAwait->trigger);

-	    break; /* once is enough */

-	}

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Await

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq);

-    int             len, items;

-    int             i;

-    xSyncWaitCondition *pProtocolWaitConds;

-    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;

-    SyncAwait	   *pAwait;

-    int		   status;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq);

-

-    len = client->req_len << 2;

-    len -= sz_xSyncAwaitReq;

-    items = len / sz_xSyncWaitCondition;

-

-    if (items * sz_xSyncWaitCondition != len)

-    {

-	return BadLength;

-    }

-    if (items == 0)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = items; /* XXX protocol change */

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if (!(pAwaitUnion = SyncAwaitPrologue(client, items)))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    /* don't need to do any more memory allocation for this request! */

-

-    pProtocolWaitConds = (xSyncWaitCondition *) & stuff[1];

-

-    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */

-    for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pProtocolWaitConds++, pAwait++)

-    {

-	if (pProtocolWaitConds->counter == None) /* XXX protocol change */

-	{

-	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by

-	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects

-	     */

-	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);

-	    client->errorValue = pProtocolWaitConds->counter;

-	    return SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter;

-	}

-

-	/* sanity checks are in SyncInitTrigger */

-	pAwait->trigger.pSync = NULL;

-	pAwait->trigger.value_type = pProtocolWaitConds->value_type;

-	XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->trigger.wait_value,

-			 pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_lo,

-			 pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_hi);

-	pAwait->trigger.test_type = pProtocolWaitConds->test_type;

-

-	status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAwait->trigger,

-				 pProtocolWaitConds->counter, RTCounter,

-				 XSyncCAAllTrigger);

-	if (status != Success)

-	{

-	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by

-	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects

-	     */

-	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);

-	    return status;

-	}

-	/* this is not a mistake -- same function works for both cases */

-	pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;

-	pAwait->trigger.CounterDestroyed = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;

-	XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->event_threshold,

-			 pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_lo,

-			 pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_hi);

-	pAwait->pHeader = &pAwaitUnion->header;

-	pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions++;

-    }

-

-    SyncAwaitEpilogue(client, items, pAwaitUnion);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/*

- * ** Query a counter

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq);

-    xSyncQueryCounterReply rep;

-    SyncCounter    *pCounter;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryCounterReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter,

-				 RTCounter, client, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */

-

-    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))

-    {

-	(*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter,

-						  &pCounter->value);

-    }

-

-    rep.value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);

-    rep.value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	char n;

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swapl(&rep.value_hi, n);

-	swapl(&rep.value_lo, n);

-    }

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryCounterReply), (char *) &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-

-/*

- * ** Create Alarm

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);

-    SyncAlarm      *pAlarm;

-    int             status;

-    unsigned long   len, vmask;

-    SyncTrigger	    *pTrigger;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);

-

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->id, client);

-

-    vmask = stuff->valueMask;

-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncCreateAlarmReq));

-    /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */

-    if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta))))

-	return BadLength;

-

-    if (!(pAlarm = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarm))))

-    {

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    /* set up defaults */

-

-    pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;

-    pTrigger->pSync = NULL;

-    pTrigger->value_type = XSyncAbsolute;

-    XSyncIntToValue(&pTrigger->wait_value, 0L);

-    pTrigger->test_type = XSyncPositiveComparison;

-    pTrigger->TriggerFired = SyncAlarmTriggerFired;

-    pTrigger->CounterDestroyed = SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed;

-    status = SyncInitTrigger(client, pTrigger, None, RTCounter,

-			     XSyncCAAllTrigger);

-    if (status != Success)

-    {

-	free(pAlarm);

-	return status;

-    }

-

-    pAlarm->client = client;

-    pAlarm->alarm_id = stuff->id;

-    XSyncIntToValue(&pAlarm->delta, 1L);

-    pAlarm->events = TRUE;

-    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;

-    pAlarm->pEventClients = NULL;

-    status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask,

-				       (CARD32 *)&stuff[1]);

-    if (status != Success)

-    {

-	free(pAlarm);

-	return status;

-    }

-

-    if (!AddResource(stuff->id, RTAlarm, pAlarm))

-    {

-	free(pAlarm);

-	return BadAlloc;

-    }

-

-    /*  see if alarm already triggered.  NULL counter will not trigger

-     *  in CreateAlarm and sets alarm state to Inactive.

-     */

-

-    if (!pTrigger->pSync)

-    {

-	pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; /* XXX protocol change */

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	SyncCounter *pCounter;

-

-	assert(SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type);

-	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;

-

-	if ((*pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(pTrigger, pCounter->value))

-	    (*pTrigger->TriggerFired)(pTrigger);

-    }

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Change Alarm

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);

-    SyncAlarm   *pAlarm;

-    SyncCounter *pCounter = NULL;

-    long        vmask;

-    int         len, status;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);

-

-    status = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,

-				     client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (status != Success)

-	return status;

-

-    vmask = stuff->valueMask;

-    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncChangeAlarmReq));

-    /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */

-    if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta))))

-	return BadLength;

-

-    if ((status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask,

-					    (CARD32 *)&stuff[1])) != Success)

-	return status;

-

-    if (pAlarm->trigger.pSync)

-    {

-	assert(SYNC_COUNTER == pAlarm->trigger.pSync->type);

-	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pAlarm->trigger.pSync;

-    }

-

-    /*  see if alarm already triggered.  NULL counter WILL trigger

-     *  in ChangeAlarm.

-     */

-

-    if (!pCounter ||

-	(*pAlarm->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAlarm->trigger, pCounter->value))

-    {

-	(*pAlarm->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAlarm->trigger);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);

-    SyncAlarm      *pAlarm;

-    xSyncQueryAlarmReply rep;

-    SyncTrigger    *pTrigger;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,

-				 client, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply));

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;

-    rep.counter = (pTrigger->pSync) ? pTrigger->pSync->id : None;

-

-#if 0 /* XXX unclear what to do, depends on whether relative value-types

-       * are "consumed" immediately and are considered absolute from then

-       * on.

-       */

-    rep.value_type = pTrigger->value_type;

-    rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value);

-    rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->wait_value);

-#else

-    rep.value_type = XSyncAbsolute;

-    rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);

-    rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);

-#endif

-

-    rep.test_type = pTrigger->test_type;

-    rep.delta_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pAlarm->delta);

-    rep.delta_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pAlarm->delta);

-    rep.events = pAlarm->events;

-    rep.state = pAlarm->state;

-

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	char n;

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swapl(&rep.counter, n);

-	swapl(&rep.wait_value_hi, n);

-	swapl(&rep.wait_value_lo, n);

-	swapl(&rep.test_type, n);

-	swapl(&rep.delta_hi, n);

-	swapl(&rep.delta_lo, n);

-    }

-

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply), (char *) &rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    SyncAlarm *pAlarm;

-    int rc;

-    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,

-				 client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    FreeResource(stuff->alarm, RT_NONE);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncCreateFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncCreateFenceReq);

-    DrawablePtr pDraw;

-    SyncFence *pFence;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncCreateFenceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->d, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);

-

-    if (!(pFence = (SyncFence *)SyncCreate(client,

-					   stuff->fid,

-					   SYNC_FENCE)))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    miSyncInitFence(pDraw->pScreen, pFence, stuff->initially_triggered);

-

-    return client->noClientException;

-}

-

-static int

-FreeFence(void *obj, XID id)

-{

-    SyncFence *pFence = (SyncFence *) obj;

-

-    miSyncDestroyFence(pFence);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int SyncVerifyFence(SyncFence **ppSyncFence, XID fid,

-		    ClientPtr client, Mask mode)

-{

-    int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)ppSyncFence, fid, RTFence,

-				     client, mode);

-

-    if (rc != Success)

-	client->errorValue = fid;

-

-    return rc;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncTriggerFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncTriggerFenceReq);

-    SyncFence *pFence;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncTriggerFenceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid, RTFence,

-				 client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    miSyncTriggerFence(pFence);

-

-    return client->noClientException;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncResetFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncResetFenceReq);

-    SyncFence *pFence;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncResetFenceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid, RTFence,

-				 client, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    if (pFence->funcs.CheckTriggered(pFence) != TRUE)

-	return BadMatch;

-

-    pFence->funcs.Reset(pFence);

-

-    return client->noClientException;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncDestroyFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyFenceReq);

-    SyncFence *pFence;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyFenceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid, RTFence,

-				 client, DixDestroyAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    FreeResource(stuff->fid, RT_NONE);

-    return client->noClientException;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncQueryFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncQueryFenceReq);

-    xSyncQueryFenceReply rep;

-    SyncFence *pFence;

-    int rc;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryFenceReq);

-

-    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid,

-				 RTFence, client, DixReadAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    rep.triggered = pFence->funcs.CheckTriggered(pFence);

-

-    if (client->swapped)

-    {

-	char n;

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-    }

-

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryFenceReply), (char *) &rep);

-    return client->noClientException;

-}

-

-static int

-ProcSyncAwaitFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);

-    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;

-    SyncAwait *pAwait;

-    /* Use CARD32 rather than XSyncFence because XIDs are hard-coded to

-     * CARD32 in protocol definitions */

-    CARD32 *pProtocolFences;

-    int status;

-    int len;

-    int items;

-    int i;

-

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);

-

-    len = client->req_len << 2;

-    len -= sz_xSyncAwaitFenceReq;

-    items = len / sizeof(CARD32);

-

-    if (items * sizeof(CARD32) != len)

-    {

-	return BadLength;

-    }

-    if (items == 0)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = items; /* XXX protocol change */

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if (!(pAwaitUnion = SyncAwaitPrologue(client, items)))

-	return BadAlloc;

-

-    /* don't need to do any more memory allocation for this request! */

-

-    pProtocolFences = (CARD32 *) & stuff[1];

-

-    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */

-    for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pProtocolFences++, pAwait++)

-    {

-	if (*pProtocolFences == None) /* XXX protocol change */

-	{

-	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by

-	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects

-	     */

-	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);

-	    client->errorValue = *pProtocolFences;

-	    return SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter;

-	}

-

-	pAwait->trigger.pSync = NULL;

-	/* Provide acceptable values for these unused fields to

-	 * satisfy SyncInitTrigger's validation logic

-	 */

-	pAwait->trigger.value_type = XSyncAbsolute;

-	XSyncIntToValue(&pAwait->trigger.wait_value, 0);

-	pAwait->trigger.test_type = 0;

-

-	status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAwait->trigger,

-				 *pProtocolFences, RTFence,

-				 XSyncCAAllTrigger);

-	if (status != Success)

-	{

-	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by

-	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects

-	     */

-	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);

-	    return status;

-	}

-	/* this is not a mistake -- same function works for both cases */

-	pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;

-	pAwait->trigger.CounterDestroyed = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;

-	/* event_threshold is unused for fence syncs */

-	XSyncIntToValue(&pAwait->event_threshold, 0);

-	pAwait->pHeader = &pAwaitUnion->header;

-	pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions++;

-    }

-

-    SyncAwaitEpilogue(client, items, pAwaitUnion);

-

-    return client->noClientException;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Given an extension request, call the appropriate request procedure

- */

-static int

-ProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xReq);

-

-    switch (stuff->data)

-    {

-      case X_SyncInitialize:

-	return ProcSyncInitialize(client);

-      case X_SyncListSystemCounters:

-	return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);

-      case X_SyncCreateCounter:

-	return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncSetCounter:

-	return ProcSyncSetCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncChangeCounter:

-	return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncQueryCounter:

-	return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncDestroyCounter:

-	return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncAwait:

-	return ProcSyncAwait(client);

-      case X_SyncCreateAlarm:

-	return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncChangeAlarm:

-	return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncQueryAlarm:

-	return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncDestroyAlarm:

-	return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncSetPriority:

-	return ProcSyncSetPriority(client);

-      case X_SyncGetPriority:

-	return ProcSyncGetPriority(client);

-      case X_SyncCreateFence:

-	return ProcSyncCreateFence(client);

-      case X_SyncTriggerFence:

-	return ProcSyncTriggerFence(client);

-      case X_SyncResetFence:

-	return ProcSyncResetFence(client);

-      case X_SyncDestroyFence:

-	return ProcSyncDestroyFence(client);

-      case X_SyncQueryFence:

-	return ProcSyncQueryFence(client);

-      case X_SyncAwaitFence:

-	return ProcSyncAwaitFence(client);

-      default:

-	return BadRequest;

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * Boring Swapping stuff ...

- */

-

-static int

-SProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncInitializeReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncInitializeReq);

-

-    return ProcSyncInitialize(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncListSystemCountersReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncListSystemCountersReq);

-

-    return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncCreateCounterReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->cid, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->initial_value_lo, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->initial_value_hi, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetCounterReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->cid, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncSetCounter(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncChangeCounterReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->cid, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryCounterReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->counter, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyCounterReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->counter, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq);

-    SwapRestL(stuff);

-

-    return ProcSyncAwait(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->id, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);

-    SwapRestL(stuff);

-

-    return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);

-    SwapRestL(stuff);

-    return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryAlarmReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetPriorityReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->id, n);

-    swapl(&stuff->priority, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncSetPriority(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncGetPriorityReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->id, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncGetPriority(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncCreateFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncCreateFenceReq);

-    char n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncCreateFenceReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncCreateFence(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncTriggerFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncTriggerFenceReq);

-    char n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncTriggerFenceReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncTriggerFence(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncResetFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncResetFenceReq);

-    char n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncResetFenceReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncResetFence(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncDestroyFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyFenceReq);

-    char n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyFenceReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncDestroyFence(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncQueryFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncQueryFenceReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryFenceReq);

-    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);

-

-    return ProcSyncQueryFence(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncAwaitFence(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);

-    char   n;

-

-    swaps(&stuff->length, n);

-    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);

-    SwapRestL(stuff);

-

-    return ProcSyncAwaitFence(client);

-}

-

-static int

-SProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xReq);

-

-    switch (stuff->data)

-    {

-      case X_SyncInitialize:

-	return SProcSyncInitialize(client);

-      case X_SyncListSystemCounters:

-	return SProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);

-      case X_SyncCreateCounter:

-	return SProcSyncCreateCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncSetCounter:

-	return SProcSyncSetCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncChangeCounter:

-	return SProcSyncChangeCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncQueryCounter:

-	return SProcSyncQueryCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncDestroyCounter:

-	return SProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);

-      case X_SyncAwait:

-	return SProcSyncAwait(client);

-      case X_SyncCreateAlarm:

-	return SProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncChangeAlarm:

-	return SProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncQueryAlarm:

-	return SProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncDestroyAlarm:

-	return SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);

-      case X_SyncSetPriority:

-	return SProcSyncSetPriority(client);

-      case X_SyncGetPriority:

-	return SProcSyncGetPriority(client);

-      case X_SyncCreateFence:

-	return SProcSyncCreateFence(client);

-      case X_SyncTriggerFence:

-	return SProcSyncTriggerFence(client);

-      case X_SyncResetFence:

-	return SProcSyncResetFence(client);

-      case X_SyncDestroyFence:

-	return SProcSyncDestroyFence(client);

-      case X_SyncQueryFence:

-	return SProcSyncQueryFence(client);

-      case X_SyncAwaitFence:

-	return SProcSyncAwaitFence(client);

-      default:

-	return BadRequest;

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * Event Swapping

- */

-

-static void

-SCounterNotifyEvent(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *from, xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *to)

-{

-    to->type = from->type;

-    to->kind = from->kind;

-    cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);

-    cpswapl(from->counter, to->counter);

-    cpswapl(from->wait_value_lo, to->wait_value_lo);

-    cpswapl(from->wait_value_hi, to->wait_value_hi);

-    cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo);

-    cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi);

-    cpswapl(from->time, to->time);

-    cpswaps(from->count, to->count);

-    to->destroyed = from->destroyed;

-}

-

-

-static void

-SAlarmNotifyEvent(xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *from, xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *to)

-{

-    to->type = from->type;

-    to->kind = from->kind;

-    cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);

-    cpswapl(from->alarm, to->alarm);

-    cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo);

-    cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi);

-    cpswapl(from->alarm_value_lo, to->alarm_value_lo);

-    cpswapl(from->alarm_value_hi, to->alarm_value_hi);

-    cpswapl(from->time, to->time);

-    to->state = from->state;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Close everything down. ** This is fairly simple for now.

- */

-/* ARGSUSED */

-static void

-SyncResetProc(ExtensionEntry *extEntry)

-{

-    free(SysCounterList);

-    SysCounterList = NULL;

-    RTCounter = 0;

-}

-

-/*

- * ** Initialise the extension.

- */

-void

-SyncExtensionInit(void)

-{

-    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;

-    int 	    s;

-

-    for (s = 0; s < screenInfo.numScreens; s++)

-	miSyncSetup(screenInfo.screens[s]);

-

-    if (RTCounter == 0)

-    {

-	RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter");

-    }

-    RTAlarm = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarm, "SyncAlarm");

-    RTAwait = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAwait, "SyncAwait");

-    RTFence = CreateNewResourceType(FreeFence, "SyncFence");

-    if (RTAwait)

-	RTAwait |= RC_NEVERRETAIN;

-    RTAlarmClient = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarmClient, "SyncAlarmClient");

-    if (RTAlarmClient)

-	RTAlarmClient |= RC_NEVERRETAIN;

-

-    if (RTCounter == 0 || RTAwait == 0 || RTAlarm == 0 ||

-	RTAlarmClient == 0 ||

-	(extEntry = AddExtension(SYNC_NAME,

-				 XSyncNumberEvents, XSyncNumberErrors,

-				 ProcSyncDispatch, SProcSyncDispatch,

-				 SyncResetProc,

-				 StandardMinorOpcode)) == NULL)

-    {

-	ErrorF("Sync Extension %d.%d failed to Initialise\n",

-		SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION);

-	return;

-    }

-

-    SyncEventBase = extEntry->eventBase;

-    SyncErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;

-    EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SCounterNotifyEvent;

-    EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SAlarmNotifyEvent;

-

-    SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTCounter, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter);

-    SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTAlarm, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadAlarm);

-    SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTFence, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadFence);

-

-    /*

-     * Although SERVERTIME is implemented by the OS layer, we initialise it

-     * here because doing it in OsInit() is too early. The resource database

-     * is not initialised when OsInit() is called. This is just about OK

-     * because there is always a servertime counter.

-     */

-    SyncInitServerTime();

-    SyncInitIdleTime();

-

-#ifdef DEBUG

-    fprintf(stderr, "Sync Extension %d.%d\n",

-	    SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION);

-#endif

-}

-

-

-/*

- * ***** SERVERTIME implementation - should go in its own file in OS directory?

- */

-

-

-

-static pointer ServertimeCounter;

-static XSyncValue Now;

-static XSyncValue *pnext_time;

-

-#define GetTime()\

-{\

-    unsigned long millis = GetTimeInMillis();\

-    unsigned long maxis = XSyncValueHigh32(Now);\

-    if (millis < XSyncValueLow32(Now)) maxis++;\

-    XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, millis, maxis);\

-}

-

-/*

-*** Server Block Handler

-*** code inspired by multibuffer extension (now deprecated)

- */

-/*ARGSUSED*/

-static void

-ServertimeBlockHandler(void *env, struct timeval **wt, void *LastSelectMask)

-{

-    XSyncValue delay;

-    unsigned long timeout;

-

-    if (pnext_time)

-    {

-        GetTime();

-

-        if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time))

-	{

-            timeout = 0;

-        }

-	else

-	{

-	    Bool overflow;

-            XSyncValueSubtract(&delay, *pnext_time, Now, &overflow);

-	    (void)overflow;

-            timeout = XSyncValueLow32(delay);

-        }

-        AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, timeout); /* os/utils.c */

-    }

-}

-

-/*

-*** Wakeup Handler

- */

-/*ARGSUSED*/

-static void

-ServertimeWakeupHandler(void *env, int rc, void *LastSelectMask)

-{

-    if (pnext_time)

-    {

-        GetTime();

-

-        if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time))

-	{

-            SyncChangeCounter(ServertimeCounter, Now);

-        }

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-ServertimeQueryValue(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return)

-{

-    GetTime();

-    *pValue_return = Now;

-}

-

-static void

-ServertimeBracketValues(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less,

-			CARD64 *pbracket_greater)

-{

-    if (!pnext_time && pbracket_greater)

-    {

-	RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler,

-				       ServertimeWakeupHandler,

-				       NULL);

-    }

-    else if (pnext_time && !pbracket_greater)

-    {

-	RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler,

-				     ServertimeWakeupHandler,

-				     NULL);

-    }

-    pnext_time = pbracket_greater;

-}

-

-static void

-SyncInitServerTime(void)

-{

-    CARD64 resolution;

-

-    XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, GetTimeInMillis(), 0);

-    XSyncIntToValue(&resolution, 4);

-    ServertimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter("SERVERTIME", Now, resolution,

-			    XSyncCounterNeverDecreases,

-			    ServertimeQueryValue, ServertimeBracketValues);

-    pnext_time = NULL;

-}

-

-

-

-/*

- * IDLETIME implementation

- */

-

-static SyncCounter *IdleTimeCounter;

-static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueLess;

-static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueGreater;

-

-static void

-IdleTimeQueryValue (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return)

-{

-    CARD32 idle = GetTimeInMillis() - lastDeviceEventTime.milliseconds;

-    XSyncIntsToValue (pValue_return, idle, 0);

-}

-

-static void

-IdleTimeBlockHandler(pointer env, struct timeval **wt, pointer LastSelectMask)

-{

-    XSyncValue idle, old_idle;

-    SyncTriggerList *list = IdleTimeCounter->sync.pTriglist;

-    SyncTrigger *trig;

-

-    if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater)

-	return;

-

-    old_idle = IdleTimeCounter->value;

-    IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);

-    IdleTimeCounter->value = idle; /* push, so CheckTrigger works */

-

-    if (pIdleTimeValueLess &&

-        XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess))

-    {

-	/*

-	 * We've been idle for less than the threshold value, and someone

-	 * wants to know about that, but now we need to know whether they

-	 * want level or edge trigger.  Check the trigger list against the

-	 * current idle time, and if any succeed, bomb out of select()

-	 * immediately so we can reschedule.

-	 */

-

-	for (list = IdleTimeCounter->sync.pTriglist; list; list = list->next) {

-	    trig = list->pTrigger;

-	    if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) {

-		AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, 0);

-		break;

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    else if (pIdleTimeValueGreater)

-    {

-	/*

-	 * There's a threshold in the positive direction.  If we've been

-	 * idle less than it, schedule a wakeup for sometime in the future.

-	 * If we've been idle more than it, and someone wants to know about

-	 * that level-triggered, schedule an immediate wakeup.

-	 */

-	unsigned long timeout = -1;

-

-	if (XSyncValueLessThan (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) {

-	    XSyncValue value;

-	    Bool overflow;

-

-	    XSyncValueSubtract (&value, *pIdleTimeValueGreater,

-	                        idle, &overflow);

-	    timeout = min(timeout, XSyncValueLow32 (value));

-	} else {

-	    for (list = IdleTimeCounter->sync.pTriglist; list; list = list->next) {

-		trig = list->pTrigger;

-		if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) {

-		    timeout = min(timeout, 0);

-		    break;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-

-	AdjustWaitForDelay (wt, timeout);

-    }

-

-    IdleTimeCounter->value = old_idle; /* pop */

-}

-

-static void

-IdleTimeWakeupHandler (pointer env, int rc, pointer LastSelectMask)

-{

-    XSyncValue idle;

-

-    if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater)

-	return;

-

-    IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);

-

-    if ((pIdleTimeValueGreater &&

-         XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) ||

-        (pIdleTimeValueLess &&

-	 XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess)))

-    {

-	SyncChangeCounter (IdleTimeCounter, idle);

-    }

-}

-

-static void

-IdleTimeBracketValues (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less,

-                       CARD64 *pbracket_greater)

-{

-    Bool registered = (pIdleTimeValueLess || pIdleTimeValueGreater);

-

-    if (registered && !pbracket_less && !pbracket_greater)

-    {

-	RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler,

-	                             IdleTimeWakeupHandler,

-	                             NULL);

-    }

-    else if (!registered && (pbracket_less || pbracket_greater))

-    {

-	RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler,

-	                               IdleTimeWakeupHandler,

-	                               NULL);

-    }

-

-    pIdleTimeValueGreater = pbracket_greater;

-    pIdleTimeValueLess    = pbracket_less;

-}

-

-static void

-SyncInitIdleTime (void)

-{

-    CARD64 resolution;

-    XSyncValue idle;

-

-    IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);

-    XSyncIntToValue (&resolution, 4);

-

-    IdleTimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter ("IDLETIME", idle, resolution,

-                                               XSyncCounterUnrestricted,

-                                               IdleTimeQueryValue,

-                                               IdleTimeBracketValues);

-

-    pIdleTimeValueLess = pIdleTimeValueGreater = NULL;

-}

+/*
+
+Copyright 1991, 1993, 1998  The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1991, 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+and Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England.
+
+                        All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or Olivetti
+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.  Digital and Olivetti
+make no representations about the suitability of this software
+for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+DIGITAL AND OLIVETTI DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/syncproto.h>
+#include "syncsrv.h"
+#include "syncsdk.h"
+#include "protocol-versions.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "modinit.h"
+
+/*
+ * Local Global Variables
+ */
+static int      SyncEventBase;
+static int      SyncErrorBase;
+static RESTYPE  RTCounter = 0;
+static RESTYPE  RTAwait;
+static RESTYPE  RTAlarm;
+static RESTYPE  RTAlarmClient;
+static RESTYPE  RTFence;
+static int SyncNumSystemCounters = 0;
+static SyncCounter **SysCounterList = NULL;
+
+#define IsSystemCounter(pCounter) \
+    (pCounter && (pCounter->sync.client == NULL))
+
+/* these are all the alarm attributes that pertain to the alarm's trigger */
+#define XSyncCAAllTrigger \
+    (XSyncCACounter | XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue | XSyncCATestType)
+
+static void SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *);
+
+static void SyncInitServerTime(void);
+
+static void SyncInitIdleTime(void);
+
+
+/*  Each counter maintains a simple linked list of triggers that are
+ *  interested in the counter.  The two functions below are used to
+ *  delete and add triggers on this list.
+ */
+static void
+SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+    SyncTriggerList *pCur;
+    SyncTriggerList *pPrev;
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    /* pSync needs to be stored in pTrigger before calling here. */
+
+    if (!pTrigger->pSync)
+	return;
+
+    pPrev = NULL;
+    pCur = pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist;
+
+    while (pCur)
+    {
+	if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger)
+	{
+	    if (pPrev)
+		pPrev->next = pCur->next;
+	    else
+		pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist = pCur->next;
+
+	    free(pCur);
+	    break;
+	}
+	
+	pPrev = pCur;
+	pCur = pCur->next;
+    }
+
+    if (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)
+    {
+	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+	if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+	    SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);
+    } else if (SYNC_FENCE == pTrigger->pSync->type) {
+	SyncFence* pFence = (SyncFence*) pTrigger->pSync;
+	pFence->funcs.DeleteTrigger(pTrigger);
+    }
+}
+
+
+static int
+SyncAddTriggerToSyncObject(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+    SyncTriggerList *pCur;
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    if (!pTrigger->pSync)
+	return Success;
+
+    /* don't do anything if it's already there */
+    for (pCur = pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next)
+    {
+	if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger)
+	    return Success;
+    }
+
+    if (!(pCur = malloc(sizeof(SyncTriggerList))))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    pCur->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+    pCur->next = pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist;
+    pTrigger->pSync->pTriglist = pCur;
+
+    if (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)
+    {
+	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+	if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+	    SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);
+    } else if (SYNC_FENCE == pTrigger->pSync->type) {
+	SyncFence* pFence = (SyncFence*) pTrigger->pSync;
+	pFence->funcs.AddTrigger(pTrigger);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*  Below are five possible functions that can be plugged into
+ *  pTrigger->CheckTrigger for counter sync objects, corresponding to
+ *  the four possible test-types, and the one possible function that
+ *  can be plugged into pTrigger->CheckTrigger for fence sync objects.
+ *  These functions are called after the sync object's state changes
+ *  but are also passed the old state so they can inspect both the old
+ *  and new values.  (PositiveTransition and NegativeTransition need to
+ *  see both pieces of information.)  These functions return the truth
+ *  value of the trigger.
+ *
+ *  All of them include the condition pTrigger->pSync == NULL.
+ *  This is because the spec says that a trigger with a sync value
+ *  of None is always TRUE.
+ */
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));
+    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+    return (pCounter == NULL ||
+	    XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger,  CARD64 oldval)
+{
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));
+    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+    return (pCounter == NULL ||
+	    XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));
+    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+    return (pCounter == NULL ||
+	    (XSyncValueLessThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+	     XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value)));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));
+    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+    return (pCounter == NULL ||
+	    (XSyncValueGreaterThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+	     XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value)));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerFence(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 unused)
+{
+    SyncFence* pFence = (SyncFence*) pTrigger->pSync;
+    (void)unused;
+
+    return (pFence == NULL ||
+	    pFence->funcs.CheckTriggered(pFence));
+}
+
+static int
+SyncInitTrigger(ClientPtr client, SyncTrigger *pTrigger, XID syncObject,
+		RESTYPE resType, Mask changes)
+{
+    SyncObject *pSync = pTrigger->pSync;
+    SyncCounter *pCounter = NULL;
+    int		rc;
+    Bool	newSyncObject = FALSE;
+
+    if (changes & XSyncCACounter)
+    {
+	if (syncObject == None)
+	    pSync = NULL;
+	else if (Success != (rc = dixLookupResourceByType ((pointer *)&pSync,
+				syncObject, resType, client, DixReadAccess)))
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = syncObject;
+	    return rc;
+	}
+	if (pSync != pTrigger->pSync)
+	{ /* new counter for trigger */
+	    SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(pTrigger);
+	    pTrigger->pSync = pSync;
+	    newSyncObject = TRUE;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */
+
+    if (pSync && SYNC_COUNTER == pSync->type)
+    {
+	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pSync;
+
+	if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+	{
+	    (*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter,
+						      &pCounter->value);
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (changes & XSyncCAValueType)
+    {
+	if (pTrigger->value_type != XSyncRelative &&
+	    pTrigger->value_type != XSyncAbsolute)
+	{
+	    client->errorValue = pTrigger->value_type;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (changes & XSyncCATestType)
+    {
+
+	if (pSync && SYNC_FENCE == pSync->type)
+	{
+	    pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerFence;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    if (pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveTransition &&
+		pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeTransition &&
+		pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveComparison &&
+		pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeComparison)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = pTrigger->test_type;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    /* select appropriate CheckTrigger function */
+
+	    switch (pTrigger->test_type)
+	    {
+	    case XSyncPositiveTransition:
+		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition;
+		break;
+	    case XSyncNegativeTransition:
+		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition;
+		break;
+	    case XSyncPositiveComparison:
+		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison;
+		break;
+	    case XSyncNegativeComparison:
+		pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison;
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (changes & (XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue))
+    {
+	if (pTrigger->value_type == XSyncAbsolute)
+	    pTrigger->test_value = pTrigger->wait_value;
+	else /* relative */
+	{
+	    Bool overflow;
+	    if (pCounter == NULL)
+		return BadMatch;
+
+	    XSyncValueAdd(&pTrigger->test_value, pCounter->value,
+			  pTrigger->wait_value, &overflow);
+	    if (overflow)
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value);
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*  we wait until we're sure there are no errors before registering
+     *  a new counter on a trigger
+     */
+    if (newSyncObject)
+    {
+	if ((rc = SyncAddTriggerToSyncObject(pTrigger)) != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+    else if (pCounter && IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*  AlarmNotify events happen in response to actions taken on an Alarm or
+ *  the counter used by the alarm.  AlarmNotify may be sent to multiple
+ *  clients.  The alarm maintains a list of clients interested in events.
+ */
+static void
+SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(SyncAlarm *pAlarm)
+{
+    SyncAlarmClientList *pcl;
+    xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent ane;
+    SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));
+
+    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+    ane.type = SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify;
+    ane.kind = XSyncAlarmNotify;
+    ane.alarm = pAlarm->alarm_id;
+    if (pTrigger->pSync && SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)
+    {
+	ane.counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);
+	ane.counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);
+    }
+    else
+    { /* XXX what else can we do if there's no counter? */
+	ane.counter_value_hi = ane.counter_value_lo = 0;
+    }
+
+    ane.alarm_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);
+    ane.alarm_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);
+    ane.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+    ane.state = pAlarm->state;
+
+    /* send to owner */
+    if (pAlarm->events)
+	WriteEventsToClient(pAlarm->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane);
+
+    /* send to other interested clients */
+    for (pcl = pAlarm->pEventClients; pcl; pcl = pcl->next)
+	WriteEventsToClient(pcl->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane);
+}
+
+
+/*  CounterNotify events only occur in response to an Await.  The events
+ *  go only to the Awaiting client.
+ */
+static void
+SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(ClientPtr client, SyncAwait **ppAwait,
+			    int num_events)
+{
+    xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *pEvents, *pev;
+    int i;
+
+    if (client->clientGone)
+	return;
+    pev = pEvents = malloc(num_events * sizeof(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent));
+    if (!pEvents)
+	return;
+    UpdateCurrentTime();
+    for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++, ppAwait++, pev++)
+    {
+	SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &(*ppAwait)->trigger;
+	pev->type = SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify;
+	pev->kind = XSyncCounterNotify;
+	pev->counter = pTrigger->pSync->id;
+	pev->wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);
+	pev->wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);
+	if (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type)
+	{
+	    SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+	    pev->counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);
+	    pev->counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+	    pev->counter_value_lo = 0;
+	    pev->counter_value_hi = 0;
+	}
+
+	pev->time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	pev->count = num_events - i - 1; /* events remaining */
+	pev->destroyed = pTrigger->pSync->beingDestroyed;
+    }
+    /* swapping will be taken care of by this */
+    WriteEventsToClient(client, num_events, (xEvent *)pEvents);
+    free(pEvents);
+}
+
+
+/* This function is called when an alarm's counter is destroyed.
+ * It is plugged into pTrigger->CounterDestroyed (for alarm triggers).
+ */
+static void
+SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+    SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger;
+
+    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+    SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);
+    pTrigger->pSync = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*  This function is called when an alarm "goes off."
+ *  It is plugged into pTrigger->TriggerFired (for alarm triggers).
+ */
+static void
+SyncAlarmTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+    SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger;
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+    CARD64 new_test_value;
+
+    assert(!pTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type));
+    pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+    /* no need to check alarm unless it's active */
+    if (pAlarm->state != XSyncAlarmActive)
+	return;
+
+    /*  " if the counter value is None, or if the delta is 0 and
+     *    the test-type is PositiveComparison or NegativeComparison,
+     *    no change is made to value (test-value) and the alarm
+     *    state is changed to Inactive before the event is generated."
+     */
+    if (pCounter == NULL
+	|| (XSyncValueIsZero(pAlarm->delta)
+	    && (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison
+		|| pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison)))
+	pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+
+    new_test_value = pAlarm->trigger.test_value;
+
+    if (pAlarm->state == XSyncAlarmActive)
+    {
+	Bool overflow;
+	CARD64 oldvalue;
+	SyncTrigger *paTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+	SyncCounter *paCounter;
+
+	assert(!paTrigger->pSync || (SYNC_COUNTER == paTrigger->pSync->type));
+	paCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+	/* "The alarm is updated by repeatedly adding delta to the
+	 *  value of the trigger and re-initializing it until it
+	 *  becomes FALSE."
+	 */
+	oldvalue = paTrigger->test_value;
+
+	/* XXX really should do something smarter here */
+
+	do
+	{
+	    XSyncValueAdd(&paTrigger->test_value, paTrigger->test_value,
+			  pAlarm->delta, &overflow);
+	} while (!overflow &&
+	      (*paTrigger->CheckTrigger)(paTrigger,
+					paCounter->value));
+
+	new_test_value = paTrigger->test_value;
+	paTrigger->test_value = oldvalue;
+
+	/* "If this update would cause value to fall outside the range
+	 *  for an INT64...no change is made to value (test-value) and
+	 *  the alarm state is changed to Inactive before the event is
+	 *  generated."
+	 */
+	if (overflow)
+	{
+	    new_test_value = oldvalue;
+	    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+	}
+    }
+    /*  The AlarmNotify event has to have the "new state of the alarm"
+     *  which we can't be sure of until this point.  However, it has
+     *  to have the "old" trigger test value.  That's the reason for
+     *  all the newvalue/oldvalue shuffling above.  After we send the
+     *  events, give the trigger its new test value.
+     */
+    SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);
+    pTrigger->test_value = new_test_value;
+}
+
+
+/*  This function is called when an Await unblocks, either as a result
+ *  of the trigger firing OR the counter being destroyed.
+ *  It goes into pTrigger->TriggerFired AND pTrigger->CounterDestroyed
+ *  (for Await triggers).
+ */
+static void
+SyncAwaitTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+    SyncAwait *pAwait = (SyncAwait *)pTrigger;
+    int numwaits;
+    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;
+    SyncAwait **ppAwait;
+    int num_events = 0;
+
+    pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *)pAwait->pHeader;
+    numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions;
+    ppAwait = malloc(numwaits * sizeof(SyncAwait *));
+    if (!ppAwait)
+	goto bail;
+
+    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await;
+
+    /* "When a client is unblocked, all the CounterNotify events for
+     *  the Await request are generated contiguously. If count is 0
+     *  there are no more events to follow for this request. If
+     *  count is n, there are at least n more events to follow."
+     *
+     *  Thus, it is best to find all the counters for which events
+     *  need to be sent first, so that an accurate count field can
+     *  be stored in the events.
+     */
+    for ( ; numwaits; numwaits--, pAwait++)
+    {
+	CARD64 diff;
+	Bool overflow, diffgreater, diffequal;
+
+	/* "A CounterNotify event with the destroyed flag set to TRUE is
+	 *  always generated if the counter for one of the triggers is
+	 *  destroyed."
+	 */
+	if (pAwait->trigger.pSync->beingDestroyed)
+	{
+	    ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait;
+	    continue;
+	}
+	
+	if (SYNC_COUNTER == pAwait->trigger.pSync->type)
+	{
+	    SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *) pAwait->trigger.pSync;
+
+	    /* "The difference between the counter and the test value is
+	     *  calculated by subtracting the test value from the value of
+	     *  the counter."
+	     */
+	    XSyncValueSubtract(&diff, pCounter->value,
+			       pAwait->trigger.test_value, &overflow);
+
+	    /* "If the difference lies outside the range for an INT64, an
+	     *  event is not generated."
+	     */
+	    if (overflow)
+		continue;
+	    diffgreater = XSyncValueGreaterThan(diff, pAwait->event_threshold);
+	    diffequal   = XSyncValueEqual(diff, pAwait->event_threshold);
+
+	    /* "If the test-type is PositiveTransition or
+	     *  PositiveComparison, a CounterNotify event is generated if
+	     *  the difference is at least event-threshold. If the test-type
+	     *  is NegativeTransition or NegativeComparison, a CounterNotify
+	     *  event is generated if the difference is at most
+	     *  event-threshold."
+	     */
+
+	    if ( ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison ||
+		   pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition)
+		  && (diffgreater || diffequal))
+		 ||
+		 ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison ||
+		   pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition)
+		  && (!diffgreater) /* less or equal */
+		 )
+	       )
+	    {
+		ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    if (num_events)
+	SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(pAwaitUnion->header.client, ppAwait,
+				    num_events);
+    free(ppAwait);
+
+bail:
+    /* unblock the client */
+    AttendClient(pAwaitUnion->header.client);
+    /* delete the await */
+    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/*  This function should always be used to change a counter's value so that
+ *  any triggers depending on the counter will be checked.
+ */
+void
+SyncChangeCounter(SyncCounter *pCounter, CARD64 newval)
+{
+    SyncTriggerList       *ptl, *pnext;
+    CARD64 oldval;
+
+    oldval = pCounter->value;
+    pCounter->value = newval;
+
+    /* run through triggers to see if any become true */
+    for (ptl = pCounter->sync.pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext)
+    {
+	pnext = ptl->next;
+	if ((*ptl->pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(ptl->pTrigger, oldval))
+	    (*ptl->pTrigger->TriggerFired)(ptl->pTrigger);
+    }
+
+    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);
+    }
+}
+
+
+/* loosely based on dix/events.c/EventSelectForWindow */
+static Bool
+SyncEventSelectForAlarm(SyncAlarm *pAlarm, ClientPtr client, Bool wantevents)
+{
+    SyncAlarmClientList *pClients;
+
+    if (client == pAlarm->client) /* alarm owner */
+    {
+	pAlarm->events = wantevents;
+	return Success;
+    }
+
+    /* see if the client is already on the list (has events selected) */
+
+    for (pClients = pAlarm->pEventClients; pClients;
+	 pClients = pClients->next)
+    {
+	if (pClients->client == client)
+	{
+	    /* client's presence on the list indicates desire for
+	     * events.  If the client doesn't want events, remove it
+	     * from the list.  If the client does want events, do
+	     * nothing, since it's already got them.
+	     */
+	    if (!wantevents)
+	    {
+		FreeResource(pClients->delete_id, RT_NONE);
+	    }
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /*  if we get here, this client does not currently have
+     *  events selected on the alarm
+     */
+
+    if (!wantevents)
+	/* client doesn't want events, and we just discovered that it
+	 * doesn't have them, so there's nothing to do.
+	 */
+	return Success;
+
+    /* add new client to pAlarm->pEventClients */
+
+    pClients = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarmClientList));
+    if (!pClients)
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    /*  register it as a resource so it will be cleaned up
+     *  if the client dies
+     */
+
+    pClients->delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+    if (!AddResource(pClients->delete_id, RTAlarmClient, pAlarm))
+    {
+	free(pClients);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    /* link it into list after we know all the allocations succeed */
+
+    pClients->next = pAlarm->pEventClients;
+    pAlarm->pEventClients = pClients;
+    pClients->client = client;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** SyncChangeAlarmAttributes ** This is used by CreateAlarm and ChangeAlarm
+ */
+static int
+SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(ClientPtr client, SyncAlarm *pAlarm, Mask mask,
+			  CARD32 *values)
+{
+    int		   status;
+    XSyncCounter   counter;
+    Mask	   origmask = mask;
+
+    counter =
+	pAlarm->trigger.pSync ? pAlarm->trigger.pSync->id : None;
+
+    while (mask)
+    {
+	int    index2 = lowbit(mask);
+	mask &= ~index2;
+	switch (index2)
+	{
+	  case XSyncCACounter:
+	    mask &= ~XSyncCACounter;
+	    /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */
+	    counter = *values++;
+	    break;
+
+	  case XSyncCAValueType:
+	    mask &= ~XSyncCAValueType;
+	    /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */
+	    pAlarm->trigger.value_type = *values++;
+	    break;
+
+	  case XSyncCAValue:
+	    mask &= ~XSyncCAValue;
+	    XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->trigger.wait_value, values[1], values[0]);
+	    values += 2;
+	    break;
+
+	  case XSyncCATestType:
+	    mask &= ~XSyncCATestType;
+	    /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */
+	    pAlarm->trigger.test_type = *values++;
+	    break;
+
+	  case XSyncCADelta:
+	    mask &= ~XSyncCADelta;
+	    XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->delta, values[1], values[0]);
+	    values += 2;
+	    break;
+
+	  case XSyncCAEvents:
+	    mask &= ~XSyncCAEvents;
+	    if ((*values != xTrue) && (*values != xFalse))
+	    {
+		client->errorValue = *values;
+		return BadValue;
+	    }
+	    status = SyncEventSelectForAlarm(pAlarm, client,
+					     (Bool)(*values++));
+	    if (status != Success)
+		return status;
+	    break;
+
+	  default:
+	    client->errorValue = mask;
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* "If the test-type is PositiveComparison or PositiveTransition
+     *  and delta is less than zero, or if the test-type is
+     *  NegativeComparison or NegativeTransition and delta is
+     *  greater than zero, a Match error is generated."
+     */
+    if (origmask & (XSyncCADelta|XSyncCATestType))
+    {
+	CARD64 zero;
+	XSyncIntToValue(&zero, 0);
+	if ((((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison) ||
+	      (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition))
+	     && XSyncValueLessThan(pAlarm->delta, zero))
+	    ||
+	    (((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison) ||
+	      (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition))
+	     && XSyncValueGreaterThan(pAlarm->delta, zero))
+	   )
+	{
+	    return BadMatch;
+	}
+    }
+
+    /* postpone this until now, when we're sure nothing else can go wrong */
+    if ((status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAlarm->trigger, counter, RTCounter,
+			     origmask & XSyncCAAllTrigger)) != Success)
+	return status;
+
+    /* XXX spec does not really say to do this - needs clarification */
+    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmActive;
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static SyncObject *
+SyncCreate(ClientPtr client, XID id, unsigned char type)
+{
+    SyncObject *pSync;
+    RESTYPE resType;
+
+    switch (type) {
+    case SYNC_COUNTER:
+	resType = RTCounter;
+	pSync = malloc(sizeof(SyncCounter));
+	break;
+    case SYNC_FENCE:
+	resType = RTFence;
+	pSync = dixAllocateObjectWithPrivates(SyncFence,
+					      PRIVATE_SYNC_FENCE);
+	break;
+    default:
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    if (!pSync)
+	return NULL;
+
+    if (!AddResource(id, resType, (pointer) pSync))
+    {
+	switch (type) {
+	case SYNC_FENCE:
+	    dixFreeObjectWithPrivates((SyncFence *)pSync, PRIVATE_SYNC_FENCE);
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    free(pSync);
+	}
+
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    pSync->client = client;
+    pSync->id = id;
+    pSync->pTriglist = NULL;
+    pSync->beingDestroyed = FALSE;
+    pSync->type = type;
+
+    return pSync;
+}
+
+
+static SyncCounter *
+SyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client, XSyncCounter id, CARD64 initialvalue)
+{
+    SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+    if (!(pCounter = (SyncCounter *)SyncCreate(client,
+					       id,
+					       SYNC_COUNTER)))
+	return NULL;
+
+    pCounter->value = initialvalue;
+    pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = NULL;
+    return pCounter;
+}
+
+static int FreeCounter(void *, XID);
+
+/*
+ * ***** System Counter utilities
+ */
+
+pointer
+SyncCreateSystemCounter(
+	char *name,
+	CARD64 initial,
+	CARD64 resolution,
+	SyncCounterType counterType,
+	void (*QueryValue)(pointer /* pCounter */,
+	      	           CARD64 * /* pValue_return */),
+	void (*BracketValues)(pointer /* pCounter */,
+	       	              CARD64 * /* pbracket_less */,
+	                      CARD64 * /* pbracket_greater */)
+	)
+{
+    SyncCounter    *pCounter;
+
+    SysCounterList = realloc(SysCounterList,
+			    (SyncNumSystemCounters+1)*sizeof(SyncCounter *));
+    if (!SysCounterList)
+	return NULL;
+
+    /* this function may be called before SYNC has been initialized, so we
+     * have to make sure RTCounter is created.
+     */
+    if (RTCounter == 0)
+    {
+	RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter");
+	if (RTCounter == 0)
+	{
+	    return NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+    pCounter = SyncCreateCounter(NULL, FakeClientID(0), initial);
+
+    if (pCounter)
+    {
+	SysCounterInfo *psci;
+
+	psci = malloc(sizeof(SysCounterInfo));
+	if (!psci)
+	{
+	    FreeResource(pCounter->sync.id, RT_NONE);
+	    return pCounter;
+	}
+	pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = psci;
+	psci->name = name;
+	psci->resolution = resolution;
+	psci->counterType = counterType;
+	psci->QueryValue = QueryValue;
+	psci->BracketValues = BracketValues;
+	XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater);
+	XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less);
+	SysCounterList[SyncNumSystemCounters++] = pCounter;
+    }
+    return pCounter;
+}
+
+void
+SyncDestroySystemCounter(pointer pSysCounter)
+{
+    SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pSysCounter;
+    FreeResource(pCounter->sync.id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+static void
+SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *pCounter)
+{
+    SyncTriggerList *pCur;
+    SyncTrigger *pTrigger;
+    SysCounterInfo *psci;
+    CARD64 *pnewgtval = NULL;
+    CARD64 *pnewltval = NULL;
+    SyncCounterType ct;
+
+    if (!pCounter)
+	return;
+
+    psci = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo;
+    ct = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->counterType;
+    if (ct == XSyncCounterNeverChanges)
+	return;
+
+    XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater);
+    XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less);
+
+    for (pCur = pCounter->sync.pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next)
+    {
+	pTrigger = pCur->pTrigger;
+	
+        if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison &&
+	    ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases)
+	{
+	    if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+		XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value,
+				   psci->bracket_greater))
+	    {
+		psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;
+		pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison &&
+		 ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases)
+	{
+	    if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+		XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value,
+				      psci->bracket_less))
+	    {
+		psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;
+		pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;
+	    }
+	}
+	else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition &&
+		   ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases)
+	{
+	    if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+		XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_less))
+	    {
+		psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;
+		pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;
+	    } else if (XSyncValueEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+		       XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value,
+					  psci->bracket_greater))
+	    {
+	        /*
+		 * The value is exactly equal to our threshold.  We want one
+		 * more event in the positive direction to ensure we pick up
+		 * when the value *exceeds* this threshold.
+		 */
+	        psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;
+		pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;
+	    }
+	}
+        else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition &&
+		  ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases)
+	{
+	    if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+		XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_greater))
+	    {
+		psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;
+		pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;
+	    } else if (XSyncValueEqual(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+		       XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value,
+					     psci->bracket_less))
+	    {
+	        /*
+		 * The value is exactly equal to our threshold.  We want one
+		 * more event in the negative direction to ensure we pick up
+		 * when the value is less than this threshold.
+		 */
+	        psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;
+		pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;
+	    }
+	}
+    } /* end for each trigger */
+
+    if (pnewgtval || pnewltval)
+    {
+	(*psci->BracketValues)((pointer)pCounter, pnewltval, pnewgtval);
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * *****  Resource delete functions
+ */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+FreeAlarm(void *addr, XID id)
+{
+    SyncAlarm      *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *) addr;
+
+    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmDestroyed;
+
+    SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);
+
+    /* delete event selections */
+
+    while (pAlarm->pEventClients)
+	FreeResource(pAlarm->pEventClients->delete_id, RT_NONE);
+
+    SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(&pAlarm->trigger);
+
+    free(pAlarm);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Cleanup after the destruction of a Counter
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+FreeCounter(void *env, XID id)
+{
+    SyncCounter     *pCounter = (SyncCounter *) env;
+    SyncTriggerList *ptl, *pnext;
+
+    pCounter->sync.beingDestroyed = TRUE;
+    /* tell all the counter's triggers that the counter has been destroyed */
+    for (ptl = pCounter->sync.pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext)
+    {
+	(*ptl->pTrigger->CounterDestroyed)(ptl->pTrigger);
+	pnext = ptl->next;
+	free(ptl); /* destroy the trigger list as we go */
+    }
+    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	int i, found = 0;
+
+	free(pCounter->pSysCounterInfo);
+
+	/* find the counter in the list of system counters and remove it */
+
+	if (SysCounterList)
+	{
+	    for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)
+	    {
+		if (SysCounterList[i] == pCounter)
+		{
+		    found = i;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	    if (found < (SyncNumSystemCounters-1))
+	    {
+		for (i = found; i < SyncNumSystemCounters-1; i++)
+		{
+		    SysCounterList[i] = SysCounterList[i+1];
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	SyncNumSystemCounters--;
+    }
+    free(pCounter);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Cleanup after Await
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+FreeAwait(void *addr, XID id)
+{
+    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *) addr;
+    SyncAwait *pAwait;
+    int numwaits;
+
+    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* first await on list */
+
+    /* remove triggers from counters */
+
+    for (numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions; numwaits;
+	 numwaits--, pAwait++)
+    {
+	/* If the counter is being destroyed, FreeCounter will delete
+	 * the trigger list itself, so don't do it here.
+	 */
+	SyncObject *pSync = pAwait->trigger.pSync;
+	if (pSync && !pSync->beingDestroyed)
+	    SyncDeleteTriggerFromSyncObject(&pAwait->trigger);
+    }
+    free(pAwaitUnion);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/* loosely based on dix/events.c/OtherClientGone */
+static int
+FreeAlarmClient(void *value, XID id)
+{
+    SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)value;
+    SyncAlarmClientList *pCur, *pPrev;
+
+    for (pPrev = NULL, pCur = pAlarm->pEventClients;
+	 pCur;
+	 pPrev = pCur, pCur = pCur->next)
+    {
+	if (pCur->delete_id == id)
+	{
+	    if (pPrev)
+		pPrev->next = pCur->next;
+	    else
+		pAlarm->pEventClients = pCur->next;
+	    free(pCur);
+	    return Success;
+	}
+    }
+    FatalError("alarm client not on event list");
+    /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * *****  Proc functions
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Initialize the extension
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xSyncInitializeReply  rep;
+    int   n;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncInitializeReq);
+
+    memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xSyncInitializeReply));
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.majorVersion = SERVER_SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION;
+    rep.minorVersion = SERVER_SYNC_MINOR_VERSION;
+    rep.length = 0;
+
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+    }
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Get list of system counters available through the extension
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    xSyncListSystemCountersReply  rep;
+    int i, len;
+    xSyncSystemCounter *list = NULL, *walklist = NULL;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncListSystemCountersReq);
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.nCounters = SyncNumSystemCounters;
+
+    for (i = len = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)
+    {
+	char *name = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo->name;
+	/* pad to 4 byte boundary */
+	len += pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + strlen(name));
+    }
+
+    if (len)
+    {
+	walklist = list = malloc(len);
+	if (!list)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    rep.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	char n;
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swapl(&rep.nCounters, n);
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)
+    {
+	int namelen;
+	char *pname_in_reply;
+	SysCounterInfo *psci = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo;
+
+	walklist->counter = SysCounterList[i]->sync.id;
+	walklist->resolution_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(psci->resolution);
+	walklist->resolution_lo = XSyncValueLow32(psci->resolution);
+	namelen = strlen(psci->name);
+	walklist->name_length = namelen;
+
+	if (client->swapped)
+	{
+	    char n;
+	    swapl(&walklist->counter, n);
+	    swapl(&walklist->resolution_hi, n);
+	    swapl(&walklist->resolution_lo, n);
+	    swaps(&walklist->name_length, n);
+	}
+
+	pname_in_reply = ((char *)walklist) + sz_xSyncSystemCounter;
+	strncpy(pname_in_reply, psci->name, namelen);
+	walklist = (xSyncSystemCounter *) (((char *)walklist) +
+				pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + namelen));
+    }
+
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep);
+    if (len)
+    {
+	WriteToClient(client, len, (char *) list);
+	free(list);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Set client Priority
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+    ClientPtr priorityclient;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+
+    if (stuff->id == None)
+	priorityclient = client;
+    else {
+	rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client,
+			     DixSetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+
+    if (priorityclient->priority != stuff->priority)
+    {
+	priorityclient->priority = stuff->priority;
+
+	/*  The following will force the server back into WaitForSomething
+	 *  so that the change in this client's priority is immediately
+	 *  reflected.
+	 */
+	isItTimeToYield = TRUE;
+	dispatchException |= DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Get client Priority
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+    xSyncGetPriorityReply rep;
+    ClientPtr priorityclient;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+
+    if (stuff->id == None)
+	priorityclient = client;
+    else {
+	rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client,
+			     DixGetAttrAccess);
+	if (rc != Success)
+	    return rc;
+    }
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.priority = priorityclient->priority;
+
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	char n;
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.priority, n);
+    }
+
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncGetPriorityReply), (char *) &rep);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Create a new counter
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+    CARD64          initial;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+    XSyncIntsToValue(&initial, stuff->initial_value_lo, stuff->initial_value_hi);
+    if (!SyncCreateCounter(client, stuff->cid, initial))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Set Counter value
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq);
+    SyncCounter    *pCounter;
+    CARD64	   newvalue;
+    int	rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetCounterReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter,
+				 client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->cid;
+	return BadAccess;
+    }
+
+    XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi);
+    SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Change Counter value
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+    SyncCounter    *pCounter;
+    CARD64          newvalue;
+    Bool	    overflow;
+    int	rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter,
+				 client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->cid;
+	return BadAccess;
+    }
+
+    XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi);
+    XSyncValueAdd(&newvalue, pCounter->value, newvalue, &overflow);
+    if (overflow)
+    {
+	/* XXX 64 bit value can't fit in 32 bits; do the best we can */
+	client->errorValue = stuff->value_hi;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Destroy a counter
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+    SyncCounter    *pCounter;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter, RTCounter,
+				 client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->counter;
+	return BadAccess;
+    }
+    FreeResource(pCounter->sync.id, RT_NONE);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static SyncAwaitUnion*
+SyncAwaitPrologue(ClientPtr client, int items)
+{
+    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;
+
+    /*  all the memory for the entire await list is allocated
+     *  here in one chunk
+     */
+    pAwaitUnion = malloc((items+1) * sizeof(SyncAwaitUnion));
+    if (!pAwaitUnion)
+	return NULL;
+
+    /* first item is the header, remainder are real wait conditions */
+
+    pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+    if (!AddResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RTAwait, pAwaitUnion))
+    {
+	free(pAwaitUnion);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    pAwaitUnion->header.client = client;
+    pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions = 0;
+
+    return pAwaitUnion;
+}
+
+static void
+SyncAwaitEpilogue(ClientPtr client, int items, SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion)
+{
+    SyncAwait *pAwait;
+    int i;
+
+    IgnoreClient(client);
+
+    /* see if any of the triggers are already true */
+
+    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */
+    for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pAwait++)
+    {
+	CARD64 value;
+
+	/*  don't have to worry about NULL counters because the request
+	 *  errors before we get here out if they occur
+	 */
+	switch (pAwait->trigger.pSync->type) {
+	case SYNC_COUNTER:
+	    value = ((SyncCounter *)pAwait->trigger.pSync)->value;
+	    break;
+	default:
+	    XSyncIntToValue(&value, 0);
+	}
+
+	if ((*pAwait->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAwait->trigger, value))
+	{
+	    (*pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAwait->trigger);
+	    break; /* once is enough */
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Await
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq);
+    int             len, items;
+    int             i;
+    xSyncWaitCondition *pProtocolWaitConds;
+    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;
+    SyncAwait	   *pAwait;
+    int		   status;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq);
+
+    len = client->req_len << 2;
+    len -= sz_xSyncAwaitReq;
+    items = len / sz_xSyncWaitCondition;
+
+    if (items * sz_xSyncWaitCondition != len)
+    {
+	return BadLength;
+    }
+    if (items == 0)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = items; /* XXX protocol change */
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if (!(pAwaitUnion = SyncAwaitPrologue(client, items)))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    /* don't need to do any more memory allocation for this request! */
+
+    pProtocolWaitConds = (xSyncWaitCondition *) & stuff[1];
+
+    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */
+    for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pProtocolWaitConds++, pAwait++)
+    {
+	if (pProtocolWaitConds->counter == None) /* XXX protocol change */
+	{
+	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by
+	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects
+	     */
+	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+	    client->errorValue = pProtocolWaitConds->counter;
+	    return SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter;
+	}
+
+	/* sanity checks are in SyncInitTrigger */
+	pAwait->trigger.pSync = NULL;
+	pAwait->trigger.value_type = pProtocolWaitConds->value_type;
+	XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->trigger.wait_value,
+			 pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_lo,
+			 pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_hi);
+	pAwait->trigger.test_type = pProtocolWaitConds->test_type;
+
+	status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAwait->trigger,
+				 pProtocolWaitConds->counter, RTCounter,
+				 XSyncCAAllTrigger);
+	if (status != Success)
+	{
+	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by
+	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects
+	     */
+	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+	    return status;
+	}
+	/* this is not a mistake -- same function works for both cases */
+	pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;
+	pAwait->trigger.CounterDestroyed = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;
+	XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->event_threshold,
+			 pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_lo,
+			 pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_hi);
+	pAwait->pHeader = &pAwaitUnion->header;
+	pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions++;
+    }
+
+    SyncAwaitEpilogue(client, items, pAwaitUnion);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Query a counter
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+    xSyncQueryCounterReply rep;
+    SyncCounter    *pCounter;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter,
+				 RTCounter, client, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */
+
+    if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+    {
+	(*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter,
+						  &pCounter->value);
+    }
+
+    rep.value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);
+    rep.value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	char n;
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swapl(&rep.value_hi, n);
+	swapl(&rep.value_lo, n);
+    }
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryCounterReply), (char *) &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Create Alarm
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+    SyncAlarm      *pAlarm;
+    int             status;
+    unsigned long   len, vmask;
+    SyncTrigger	    *pTrigger;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->id, client);
+
+    vmask = stuff->valueMask;
+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncCreateAlarmReq));
+    /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */
+    if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta))))
+	return BadLength;
+
+    if (!(pAlarm = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarm))))
+    {
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    /* set up defaults */
+
+    pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+    pTrigger->pSync = NULL;
+    pTrigger->value_type = XSyncAbsolute;
+    XSyncIntToValue(&pTrigger->wait_value, 0L);
+    pTrigger->test_type = XSyncPositiveComparison;
+    pTrigger->TriggerFired = SyncAlarmTriggerFired;
+    pTrigger->CounterDestroyed = SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed;
+    status = SyncInitTrigger(client, pTrigger, None, RTCounter,
+			     XSyncCAAllTrigger);
+    if (status != Success)
+    {
+	free(pAlarm);
+	return status;
+    }
+
+    pAlarm->client = client;
+    pAlarm->alarm_id = stuff->id;
+    XSyncIntToValue(&pAlarm->delta, 1L);
+    pAlarm->events = TRUE;
+    pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+    pAlarm->pEventClients = NULL;
+    status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask,
+				       (CARD32 *)&stuff[1]);
+    if (status != Success)
+    {
+	free(pAlarm);
+	return status;
+    }
+
+    if (!AddResource(stuff->id, RTAlarm, pAlarm))
+    {
+	free(pAlarm);
+	return BadAlloc;
+    }
+
+    /*  see if alarm already triggered.  NULL counter will not trigger
+     *  in CreateAlarm and sets alarm state to Inactive.
+     */
+
+    if (!pTrigger->pSync)
+    {
+	pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; /* XXX protocol change */
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+	assert(SYNC_COUNTER == pTrigger->pSync->type);
+	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pTrigger->pSync;
+
+	if ((*pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(pTrigger, pCounter->value))
+	    (*pTrigger->TriggerFired)(pTrigger);
+    }
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Change Alarm
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+    SyncAlarm   *pAlarm;
+    SyncCounter *pCounter = NULL;
+    long        vmask;
+    int         len, status;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+
+    status = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,
+				     client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (status != Success)
+	return status;
+
+    vmask = stuff->valueMask;
+    len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncChangeAlarmReq));
+    /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */
+    if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta))))
+	return BadLength;
+
+    if ((status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask,
+					    (CARD32 *)&stuff[1])) != Success)
+	return status;
+
+    if (pAlarm->trigger.pSync)
+    {
+	assert(SYNC_COUNTER == pAlarm->trigger.pSync->type);
+	pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pAlarm->trigger.pSync;
+    }
+
+    /*  see if alarm already triggered.  NULL counter WILL trigger
+     *  in ChangeAlarm.
+     */
+
+    if (!pCounter ||
+	(*pAlarm->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAlarm->trigger, pCounter->value))
+    {
+	(*pAlarm->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAlarm->trigger);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+    SyncAlarm      *pAlarm;
+    xSyncQueryAlarmReply rep;
+    SyncTrigger    *pTrigger;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,
+				 client, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+    rep.counter = (pTrigger->pSync) ? pTrigger->pSync->id : None;
+
+#if 0 /* XXX unclear what to do, depends on whether relative value-types
+       * are "consumed" immediately and are considered absolute from then
+       * on.
+       */
+    rep.value_type = pTrigger->value_type;
+    rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value);
+    rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->wait_value);
+#else
+    rep.value_type = XSyncAbsolute;
+    rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);
+    rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);
+#endif
+
+    rep.test_type = pTrigger->test_type;
+    rep.delta_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pAlarm->delta);
+    rep.delta_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pAlarm->delta);
+    rep.events = pAlarm->events;
+    rep.state = pAlarm->state;
+
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	char n;
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swapl(&rep.counter, n);
+	swapl(&rep.wait_value_hi, n);
+	swapl(&rep.wait_value_lo, n);
+	swapl(&rep.test_type, n);
+	swapl(&rep.delta_hi, n);
+	swapl(&rep.delta_lo, n);
+    }
+
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply), (char *) &rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    SyncAlarm *pAlarm;
+    int rc;
+    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,
+				 client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    FreeResource(stuff->alarm, RT_NONE);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncCreateFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncCreateFenceReq);
+    DrawablePtr pDraw;
+    SyncFence *pFence;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncCreateFenceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->d, client, M_ANY, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->fid, client);
+
+    if (!(pFence = (SyncFence *)SyncCreate(client,
+					   stuff->fid,
+					   SYNC_FENCE)))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    miSyncInitFence(pDraw->pScreen, pFence, stuff->initially_triggered);
+
+    return client->noClientException;
+}
+
+static int
+FreeFence(void *obj, XID id)
+{
+    SyncFence *pFence = (SyncFence *) obj;
+
+    miSyncDestroyFence(pFence);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int SyncVerifyFence(SyncFence **ppSyncFence, XID fid,
+		    ClientPtr client, Mask mode)
+{
+    int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)ppSyncFence, fid, RTFence,
+				     client, mode);
+
+    if (rc != Success)
+	client->errorValue = fid;
+
+    return rc;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncTriggerFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncTriggerFenceReq);
+    SyncFence *pFence;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncTriggerFenceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid, RTFence,
+				 client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    miSyncTriggerFence(pFence);
+
+    return client->noClientException;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncResetFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncResetFenceReq);
+    SyncFence *pFence;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncResetFenceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid, RTFence,
+				 client, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    if (pFence->funcs.CheckTriggered(pFence) != TRUE)
+	return BadMatch;
+
+    pFence->funcs.Reset(pFence);
+
+    return client->noClientException;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncDestroyFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyFenceReq);
+    SyncFence *pFence;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyFenceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid, RTFence,
+				 client, DixDestroyAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    FreeResource(stuff->fid, RT_NONE);
+    return client->noClientException;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncQueryFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncQueryFenceReq);
+    xSyncQueryFenceReply rep;
+    SyncFence *pFence;
+    int rc;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryFenceReq);
+
+    rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFence, stuff->fid,
+				 RTFence, client, DixReadAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    rep.triggered = pFence->funcs.CheckTriggered(pFence);
+
+    if (client->swapped)
+    {
+	char n;
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+    }
+
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryFenceReply), (char *) &rep);
+    return client->noClientException;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncAwaitFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);
+    SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;
+    SyncAwait *pAwait;
+    /* Use CARD32 rather than XSyncFence because XIDs are hard-coded to
+     * CARD32 in protocol definitions */
+    CARD32 *pProtocolFences;
+    int status;
+    int len;
+    int items;
+    int i;
+
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);
+
+    len = client->req_len << 2;
+    len -= sz_xSyncAwaitFenceReq;
+    items = len / sizeof(CARD32);
+
+    if (items * sizeof(CARD32) != len)
+    {
+	return BadLength;
+    }
+    if (items == 0)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = items; /* XXX protocol change */
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if (!(pAwaitUnion = SyncAwaitPrologue(client, items)))
+	return BadAlloc;
+
+    /* don't need to do any more memory allocation for this request! */
+
+    pProtocolFences = (CARD32 *) & stuff[1];
+
+    pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */
+    for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pProtocolFences++, pAwait++)
+    {
+	if (*pProtocolFences == None) /* XXX protocol change */
+	{
+	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by
+	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects
+	     */
+	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+	    client->errorValue = *pProtocolFences;
+	    return SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter;
+	}
+
+	pAwait->trigger.pSync = NULL;
+	/* Provide acceptable values for these unused fields to
+	 * satisfy SyncInitTrigger's validation logic
+	 */
+	pAwait->trigger.value_type = XSyncAbsolute;
+	XSyncIntToValue(&pAwait->trigger.wait_value, 0);
+	pAwait->trigger.test_type = 0;
+
+	status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAwait->trigger,
+				 *pProtocolFences, RTFence,
+				 XSyncCAAllTrigger);
+	if (status != Success)
+	{
+	    /*  this should take care of removing any triggers created by
+	     *  this request that have already been registered on sync objects
+	     */
+	    FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+	    return status;
+	}
+	/* this is not a mistake -- same function works for both cases */
+	pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;
+	pAwait->trigger.CounterDestroyed = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;
+	/* event_threshold is unused for fence syncs */
+	XSyncIntToValue(&pAwait->event_threshold, 0);
+	pAwait->pHeader = &pAwaitUnion->header;
+	pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions++;
+    }
+
+    SyncAwaitEpilogue(client, items, pAwaitUnion);
+
+    return client->noClientException;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Given an extension request, call the appropriate request procedure
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xReq);
+
+    switch (stuff->data)
+    {
+      case X_SyncInitialize:
+	return ProcSyncInitialize(client);
+      case X_SyncListSystemCounters:
+	return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);
+      case X_SyncCreateCounter:
+	return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncSetCounter:
+	return ProcSyncSetCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncChangeCounter:
+	return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncQueryCounter:
+	return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncDestroyCounter:
+	return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncAwait:
+	return ProcSyncAwait(client);
+      case X_SyncCreateAlarm:
+	return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncChangeAlarm:
+	return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncQueryAlarm:
+	return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncDestroyAlarm:
+	return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncSetPriority:
+	return ProcSyncSetPriority(client);
+      case X_SyncGetPriority:
+	return ProcSyncGetPriority(client);
+      case X_SyncCreateFence:
+	return ProcSyncCreateFence(client);
+      case X_SyncTriggerFence:
+	return ProcSyncTriggerFence(client);
+      case X_SyncResetFence:
+	return ProcSyncResetFence(client);
+      case X_SyncDestroyFence:
+	return ProcSyncDestroyFence(client);
+      case X_SyncQueryFence:
+	return ProcSyncQueryFence(client);
+      case X_SyncAwaitFence:
+	return ProcSyncAwaitFence(client);
+      default:
+	return BadRequest;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Boring Swapping stuff ...
+ */
+
+static int
+SProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncInitializeReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncInitializeReq);
+
+    return ProcSyncInitialize(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncListSystemCountersReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncListSystemCountersReq);
+
+    return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->initial_value_lo, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->initial_value_hi, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetCounterReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncSetCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->counter, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->counter, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq);
+    SwapRestL(stuff);
+
+    return ProcSyncAwait(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->id, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+    SwapRestL(stuff);
+
+    return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+    SwapRestL(stuff);
+    return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->id, n);
+    swapl(&stuff->priority, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncSetPriority(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->id, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncGetPriority(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncCreateFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncCreateFenceReq);
+    char n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncCreateFenceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncCreateFence(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncTriggerFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncTriggerFenceReq);
+    char n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncTriggerFenceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncTriggerFence(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncResetFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncResetFenceReq);
+    char n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncResetFenceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncResetFence(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDestroyFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncDestroyFenceReq);
+    char n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyFenceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncDestroyFence(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncQueryFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncQueryFenceReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryFenceReq);
+    swapl(&stuff->fid, n);
+
+    return ProcSyncQueryFence(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncAwaitFence(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);
+    char   n;
+
+    swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+    REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitFenceReq);
+    SwapRestL(stuff);
+
+    return ProcSyncAwaitFence(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xReq);
+
+    switch (stuff->data)
+    {
+      case X_SyncInitialize:
+	return SProcSyncInitialize(client);
+      case X_SyncListSystemCounters:
+	return SProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);
+      case X_SyncCreateCounter:
+	return SProcSyncCreateCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncSetCounter:
+	return SProcSyncSetCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncChangeCounter:
+	return SProcSyncChangeCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncQueryCounter:
+	return SProcSyncQueryCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncDestroyCounter:
+	return SProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);
+      case X_SyncAwait:
+	return SProcSyncAwait(client);
+      case X_SyncCreateAlarm:
+	return SProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncChangeAlarm:
+	return SProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncQueryAlarm:
+	return SProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncDestroyAlarm:
+	return SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);
+      case X_SyncSetPriority:
+	return SProcSyncSetPriority(client);
+      case X_SyncGetPriority:
+	return SProcSyncGetPriority(client);
+      case X_SyncCreateFence:
+	return SProcSyncCreateFence(client);
+      case X_SyncTriggerFence:
+	return SProcSyncTriggerFence(client);
+      case X_SyncResetFence:
+	return SProcSyncResetFence(client);
+      case X_SyncDestroyFence:
+	return SProcSyncDestroyFence(client);
+      case X_SyncQueryFence:
+	return SProcSyncQueryFence(client);
+      case X_SyncAwaitFence:
+	return SProcSyncAwaitFence(client);
+      default:
+	return BadRequest;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Event Swapping
+ */
+
+static void
+SCounterNotifyEvent(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *from, xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+    to->type = from->type;
+    to->kind = from->kind;
+    cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+    cpswapl(from->counter, to->counter);
+    cpswapl(from->wait_value_lo, to->wait_value_lo);
+    cpswapl(from->wait_value_hi, to->wait_value_hi);
+    cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo);
+    cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi);
+    cpswapl(from->time, to->time);
+    cpswaps(from->count, to->count);
+    to->destroyed = from->destroyed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+SAlarmNotifyEvent(xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *from, xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+    to->type = from->type;
+    to->kind = from->kind;
+    cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+    cpswapl(from->alarm, to->alarm);
+    cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo);
+    cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi);
+    cpswapl(from->alarm_value_lo, to->alarm_value_lo);
+    cpswapl(from->alarm_value_hi, to->alarm_value_hi);
+    cpswapl(from->time, to->time);
+    to->state = from->state;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Close everything down. ** This is fairly simple for now.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+SyncResetProc(ExtensionEntry *extEntry)
+{
+    free(SysCounterList);
+    SysCounterList = NULL;
+    RTCounter = 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Initialise the extension.
+ */
+void
+SyncExtensionInit(void)
+{
+    ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+    int 	    s;
+
+    for (s = 0; s < screenInfo.numScreens; s++)
+	miSyncSetup(screenInfo.screens[s]);
+
+    if (RTCounter == 0)
+    {
+	RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter");
+    }
+    RTAlarm = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarm, "SyncAlarm");
+    RTAwait = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAwait, "SyncAwait");
+    RTFence = CreateNewResourceType(FreeFence, "SyncFence");
+    if (RTAwait)
+	RTAwait |= RC_NEVERRETAIN;
+    RTAlarmClient = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarmClient, "SyncAlarmClient");
+    if (RTAlarmClient)
+	RTAlarmClient |= RC_NEVERRETAIN;
+
+    if (RTCounter == 0 || RTAwait == 0 || RTAlarm == 0 ||
+	RTAlarmClient == 0 ||
+	(extEntry = AddExtension(SYNC_NAME,
+				 XSyncNumberEvents, XSyncNumberErrors,
+				 ProcSyncDispatch, SProcSyncDispatch,
+				 SyncResetProc,
+				 StandardMinorOpcode)) == NULL)
+    {
+	ErrorF("Sync Extension %d.%d failed to Initialise\n",
+		SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION);
+	return;
+    }
+
+    SyncEventBase = extEntry->eventBase;
+    SyncErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+    EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SCounterNotifyEvent;
+    EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SAlarmNotifyEvent;
+
+    SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTCounter, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter);
+    SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTAlarm, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadAlarm);
+    SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTFence, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadFence);
+
+    /*
+     * Although SERVERTIME is implemented by the OS layer, we initialise it
+     * here because doing it in OsInit() is too early. The resource database
+     * is not initialised when OsInit() is called. This is just about OK
+     * because there is always a servertime counter.
+     */
+    SyncInitServerTime();
+    SyncInitIdleTime();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+    fprintf(stderr, "Sync Extension %d.%d\n",
+	    SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ***** SERVERTIME implementation - should go in its own file in OS directory?
+ */
+
+
+
+static pointer ServertimeCounter;
+static XSyncValue Now;
+static XSyncValue *pnext_time;
+
+#define GetTime()\
+{\
+    unsigned long millis = GetTimeInMillis();\
+    unsigned long maxis = XSyncValueHigh32(Now);\
+    if (millis < XSyncValueLow32(Now)) maxis++;\
+    XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, millis, maxis);\
+}
+
+/*
+*** Server Block Handler
+*** code inspired by multibuffer extension (now deprecated)
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+ServertimeBlockHandler(void *env, struct timeval **wt, void *LastSelectMask)
+{
+    XSyncValue delay;
+    unsigned long timeout;
+
+    if (pnext_time)
+    {
+        GetTime();
+
+        if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time))
+	{
+            timeout = 0;
+        }
+	else
+	{
+	    Bool overflow;
+            XSyncValueSubtract(&delay, *pnext_time, Now, &overflow);
+	    (void)overflow;
+            timeout = XSyncValueLow32(delay);
+        }
+        AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, timeout); /* os/utils.c */
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+*** Wakeup Handler
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+ServertimeWakeupHandler(void *env, int rc, void *LastSelectMask)
+{
+    if (pnext_time)
+    {
+        GetTime();
+
+        if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time))
+	{
+            SyncChangeCounter(ServertimeCounter, Now);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+ServertimeQueryValue(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return)
+{
+    GetTime();
+    *pValue_return = Now;
+}
+
+static void
+ServertimeBracketValues(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less,
+			CARD64 *pbracket_greater)
+{
+    if (!pnext_time && pbracket_greater)
+    {
+	RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler,
+				       ServertimeWakeupHandler,
+				       NULL);
+    }
+    else if (pnext_time && !pbracket_greater)
+    {
+	RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler,
+				     ServertimeWakeupHandler,
+				     NULL);
+    }
+    pnext_time = pbracket_greater;
+}
+
+static void
+SyncInitServerTime(void)
+{
+    CARD64 resolution;
+
+    XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, GetTimeInMillis(), 0);
+    XSyncIntToValue(&resolution, 4);
+    ServertimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter("SERVERTIME", Now, resolution,
+			    XSyncCounterNeverDecreases,
+			    ServertimeQueryValue, ServertimeBracketValues);
+    pnext_time = NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * IDLETIME implementation
+ */
+
+static SyncCounter *IdleTimeCounter;
+static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueLess;
+static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueGreater;
+
+static void
+IdleTimeQueryValue (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return)
+{
+    CARD32 idle = GetTimeInMillis() - lastDeviceEventTime.milliseconds;
+    XSyncIntsToValue (pValue_return, idle, 0);
+}
+
+static void
+IdleTimeBlockHandler(pointer env, struct timeval **wt, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+    XSyncValue idle, old_idle;
+    SyncTriggerList *list = IdleTimeCounter->sync.pTriglist;
+    SyncTrigger *trig;
+
+    if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater)
+	return;
+
+    old_idle = IdleTimeCounter->value;
+    IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);
+    IdleTimeCounter->value = idle; /* push, so CheckTrigger works */
+
+    if (pIdleTimeValueLess &&
+        XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess))
+    {
+	/*
+	 * We've been idle for less than the threshold value, and someone
+	 * wants to know about that, but now we need to know whether they
+	 * want level or edge trigger.  Check the trigger list against the
+	 * current idle time, and if any succeed, bomb out of select()
+	 * immediately so we can reschedule.
+	 */
+
+	for (list = IdleTimeCounter->sync.pTriglist; list; list = list->next) {
+	    trig = list->pTrigger;
+	    if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) {
+		AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, 0);
+		break;
+	    }
+	}
+	/* 
+	 * We've been called exactly on the idle time, but we have a
+	 * NegativeTransition trigger which requires a transition from an
+	 * idle time greater than this.  Schedule a wakeup for the next
+	 * millisecond so we won't miss a transition.
+	 */
+	if (XSyncValueEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess))
+	    AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, 1);
+    }
+    else if (pIdleTimeValueGreater)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * There's a threshold in the positive direction.  If we've been
+	 * idle less than it, schedule a wakeup for sometime in the future.
+	 * If we've been idle more than it, and someone wants to know about
+	 * that level-triggered, schedule an immediate wakeup.
+	 */
+	unsigned long timeout = -1;
+
+	if (XSyncValueLessThan (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) {
+	    XSyncValue value;
+	    Bool overflow;
+
+	    XSyncValueSubtract (&value, *pIdleTimeValueGreater,
+	                        idle, &overflow);
+	    timeout = min(timeout, XSyncValueLow32 (value));
+	} else {
+	    for (list = IdleTimeCounter->sync.pTriglist; list; list = list->next) {
+		trig = list->pTrigger;
+		if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) {
+		    timeout = min(timeout, 0);
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+	AdjustWaitForDelay (wt, timeout);
+    }
+
+    IdleTimeCounter->value = old_idle; /* pop */
+}
+
+static void
+IdleTimeWakeupHandler (pointer env, int rc, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+    XSyncValue idle;
+
+    if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater)
+	return;
+
+    IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);
+
+    if ((pIdleTimeValueGreater &&
+         XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) ||
+        (pIdleTimeValueLess &&
+	 XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess)))
+    {
+	SyncChangeCounter (IdleTimeCounter, idle);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+IdleTimeBracketValues (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less,
+                       CARD64 *pbracket_greater)
+{
+    Bool registered = (pIdleTimeValueLess || pIdleTimeValueGreater);
+
+    if (registered && !pbracket_less && !pbracket_greater)
+    {
+	RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler,
+	                             IdleTimeWakeupHandler,
+	                             NULL);
+    }
+    else if (!registered && (pbracket_less || pbracket_greater))
+    {
+	RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler,
+	                               IdleTimeWakeupHandler,
+	                               NULL);
+    }
+
+    pIdleTimeValueGreater = pbracket_greater;
+    pIdleTimeValueLess    = pbracket_less;
+}
+
+static void
+SyncInitIdleTime (void)
+{
+    CARD64 resolution;
+    XSyncValue idle;
+
+    IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);
+    XSyncIntToValue (&resolution, 4);
+
+    IdleTimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter ("IDLETIME", idle, resolution,
+                                               XSyncCounterUnrestricted,
+                                               IdleTimeQueryValue,
+                                               IdleTimeBracketValues);
+
+    pIdleTimeValueLess = pIdleTimeValueGreater = NULL;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh
index c25aaf010..f60b8ed74 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh
@@ -1,420 +1,424 @@
-#!/bin/sh

-

-cat > sdksyms.c << EOF

-/* This file is automatically generated by sdksyms.sh. */

-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"

-

-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

-#include <xorg-config.h>

-#endif

-

-

-/* These must be included first */

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "miscstruct.h"

-

-

-/* render/Makefile.am */

-#include "picture.h"

-#include "mipict.h"

-#include "glyphstr.h"

-#include "picturestr.h"

-

-

-/* fb/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "fb.h"

-#include "fbrop.h"

-#include "fboverlay.h"

-#include "wfbrename.h"

-#include "fbpict.h"

- */

-

-

-/* miext/shadow/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "shadow.h"

- */

-

-

-/* miext/damage/Makefile.am */

-#include "damage.h"

-#include "damagestr.h"

-

-/* miext/sync/Makefile.am */

-#include "misync.h"

-#include "misyncstr.h"

-

-/* Xext/Makefile.am -- half is module, half is builtin */

-/*

-#include "xvdix.h"

-#include "xvmcext.h"

- */

-#include "geext.h"

-#include "geint.h"

-#include "shmint.h"

-#include "syncsdk.h"

-#if XINERAMA

-# include "panoramiXsrv.h"

-# include "panoramiX.h"

-#endif

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "xf86int10.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile.am -- "mostly" modules */

-#include "xf86i2c.h"

-/*

-#include "bt829.h"

-#include "fi1236.h"

-#include "msp3430.h"

-#include "tda8425.h"

-#include "tda9850.h"

-#include "tda9885.h"

-#include "uda1380.h"

-#include "i2c_def.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile.am */

-#include "xf86Crtc.h"

-#include "xf86Modes.h"

-#include "xf86RandR12.h"

-/* #include "xf86Rename.h" */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile.am */

-#include "edid.h"

-#include "xf86DDC.h"

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#if DRI2

-# include "dri2.h"

-#endif

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "vgaHW.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "fbdevhw.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/common/Makefile.am */

-#include "compiler.h"

-#include "fourcc.h"

-#include "xf86.h"

-#include "xf86Module.h"

-#include "xf86Opt.h"

-#include "xf86PciInfo.h"

-#include "xf86Priv.h"

-#include "xf86Privstr.h"

-#include "xf86cmap.h"

-#include "xf86fbman.h"

-#include "xf86str.h"

-#include "xf86Xinput.h"

-#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"

-#include "xisb.h"

-#if XV

-# include "xf86xv.h"

-# include "xf86xvmc.h"

-# include "xf86xvpriv.h"

-#endif

-/* XF86VidMode code is in libextmod module */

-/*

-#if XF86VIDMODE

-# include "vidmodeproc.h"

-#endif

- */

-#include "xorgVersion.h"

-#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)

-# include "xf86sbusBus.h"

-#endif

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile.am */

-#include "BT.h"

-#include "IBM.h"

-#include "TI.h"

-#include "xf86Cursor.h"

-#include "xf86RamDac.h"

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "shadowfb.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile.am */

-#if defined(sun386)

-# include "agpgart.h"

-#endif

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile.am */

-#include "xf86_OSproc.h"

-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am */

-#include "xf86Pci.h"

-#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)

-# include "xf86Sbus.h"

-#endif

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "xaa.h"

-#include "xaalocal.h"

-#include "xaarop.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "dgaproc.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am */

-#include "xf86Parser.h"

-#include "xf86Optrec.h"

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "vbe.h"

-#include "vbeModes.h"

- */

-

-

-/* hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#if XF86DRI

-# include "dri.h"

-# include "sarea.h"

-# include "dristruct.h"

-#endif

- */

-

-

-/* mi/Makefile.am */

-#include "micmap.h"

-#include "miline.h"

-#include "mipointer.h"

-#include "mi.h"

-#include "mibstore.h"

-#include "migc.h"

-#include "mipointrst.h"

-#include "mizerarc.h"

-#include "micoord.h"

-#include "mifillarc.h"

-#include "mispans.h"

-#include "miwideline.h"

-#include "mistruct.h"

-#include "mifpoly.h"

-#include "mioverlay.h"

-

-

-/* randr/Makefile.am */

-#include "randrstr.h"

-#include "rrtransform.h"

-

-

-/* dbe/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "dbestruct.h"

- */

-

-

-/* exa/Makefile.am -- module */

-/*

-#include "exa.h"

- */

-

-

-/* xfixes/Makefile.am */

-#include "xfixes.h"

-

-

-/* include/Makefile.am */

-#include "XIstubs.h"

-#include "Xprintf.h"

-#include "closestr.h"

-#include "closure.h"

-#include "colormap.h"

-#include "colormapst.h"

-#include "hotplug.h"

-#include "cursor.h"

-#include "cursorstr.h"

-#include "dix.h"

-#include "dixaccess.h"

-#include "dixevents.h"

-#include "dixfont.h"

-#include "dixfontstr.h"

-#include "dixgrabs.h"

-#include "dixstruct.h"

-#include "exevents.h"

-#include "extension.h"

-#include "extinit.h"

-#include "extnsionst.h"

-#include "gc.h"

-#include "gcstruct.h"

-#include "globals.h"

-#include "input.h"

-#include "inputstr.h"

-/* already included */

-/*

-#include "misc.h"

-#include "miscstruct.h"

- */

-#include "opaque.h"

-#include "os.h"

-#include "pixmap.h"

-#include "pixmapstr.h"

-#include "privates.h"

-#include "property.h"

-#include "propertyst.h"

-#include "ptrveloc.h"

-#include "region.h"

-#include "regionstr.h"

-#include "registry.h"

-#include "resource.h"

-#include "rgb.h"

-#include "screenint.h"

-#include "scrnintstr.h"

-#include "selection.h"

-#include "servermd.h"

-#include "site.h"

-#include "swaprep.h"

-#include "swapreq.h"

-#include "validate.h"

-#include "window.h"

-#include "windowstr.h"

-#include "xace.h"

-#include "xkbfile.h"

-#include "xkbsrv.h"

-#include "xkbstr.h"

-#include "xkbrules.h"

-#include "xserver-properties.h"

-

-EOF

-

-topdir=$1

-shift

-LC_ALL=C

-export LC_ALL

-${CPP:-cpp} "$@" -DXorgLoader sdksyms.c | ${AWK:-awk} -v topdir=$topdir '

-BEGIN {

-    sdk = 0;

-    print("/*");

-    print(" * These symbols are referenced to ensure they");

-    print(" * will be available in the X Server binary.");

-    print(" */");

-    printf("/* topdir=%s */\n", topdir);

-    print("_X_HIDDEN void *xorg_symbols[] = {");

-

-    printf("sdksyms.c:") > "sdksyms.dep";

-}

-/^# [0-9]+ "/ {

-    #   Process text after a include in a relative path or when the

-    # processed file has a basename matching $top_srcdir.

-    #   Note that indexing starts at 1; 0 means no match, and there

-    # is a starting ".

-    sdk = $3 !~ /^"\// || index($3, topdir) == 2;

-

-    if (sdk && $3 ~ /\.h"$/) {

-	# remove quotes

-	gsub(/"/, "", $3);

-	line = $2;

-	header = $3;

-	if (! headers[$3]) {

-	    printf(" \\\n  %s", $3) >> "sdksyms.dep";

-	    headers[$3] = 1;

-	}

-    }

-    next;

-}

-

-/^extern[ 	]/  {

-    if (sdk) {

-	n = 3;

-

-	# skip attribute, if any

-	while ($n ~ /^(__attribute__|__global)/ ||

-	    # skip modifiers, if any

-	    $n ~ /^\*?(unsigned|const|volatile|struct)$/ ||

-	    # skip pointer

-	    $n ~ /\*$/)

-	    n++;

-

-	# type specifier may not be set, as in

-	#   extern _X_EXPORT unsigned name(...)

-	if ($n !~ /[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)

-	    n++;

-

-	# match

-	#    extern _X_EXPORT type (* name[])(...)

-	if ($n ~ /^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/)

-	    n++;

-

-	# match

-	#	extern _X_EXPORT const name *const ...

-	if ($n ~ /^([^a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?const$/)

-	    n++;

-

-	# actual name may be in the next line, as in

-	#   extern _X_EXPORT type

-	# possibly ending with a *

-	#   name(...)

-	if ($n == "" || $n ~ /^\*+$/) {

-	    getline;

-	    n = 1;

-	}

-

-	# dont modify $0 or $n

-	symbol = $n;

-

-	# remove starting non word chars

-	sub(/^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/, "",symbol);

-

-	# remove from first non word to end of line

-	sub(/[^a-zA-Z0-9_].*/, "", symbol);

-

-	#print;

-	printf("    (void *) &%-50s /* %s:%s */\n", symbol ",", header, line);

-    }

-}

-

-{

-    line++;

-}

-

-END {

-    print("};");

-

-    print("") >> "sdksyms.dep";

-}' > _sdksyms.c

-

-STATUS=$?

-

-cat _sdksyms.c >> sdksyms.c

-rm _sdksyms.c

-

-[ $? != 0 ] && exit $?

-

-exit $STATUS

+#!/bin/sh
+
+cat > sdksyms.c << EOF
+/* This file is automatically generated by sdksyms.sh. */
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* These must be included first */
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "miscstruct.h"
+
+
+/* render/Makefile.am */
+#include "picture.h"
+#include "mipict.h"
+#include "glyphstr.h"
+#include "picturestr.h"
+
+
+/* fb/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "fb.h"
+#include "fbrop.h"
+#include "fboverlay.h"
+#include "wfbrename.h"
+#include "fbpict.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* miext/shadow/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "shadow.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* miext/damage/Makefile.am */
+#include "damage.h"
+#include "damagestr.h"
+
+/* miext/sync/Makefile.am */
+#include "misync.h"
+#include "misyncstr.h"
+
+/* Xext/Makefile.am -- half is module, half is builtin */
+/*
+#include "xvdix.h"
+#include "xvmcext.h"
+ */
+#include "geext.h"
+#include "geint.h"
+#include "shmint.h"
+#include "syncsdk.h"
+#if XINERAMA
+# include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+# include "panoramiX.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "xf86int10.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile.am -- "mostly" modules */
+#include "xf86i2c.h"
+/*
+#include "bt829.h"
+#include "fi1236.h"
+#include "msp3430.h"
+#include "tda8425.h"
+#include "tda9850.h"
+#include "tda9885.h"
+#include "uda1380.h"
+#include "i2c_def.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include "xf86Modes.h"
+#include "xf86RandR12.h"
+/* #include "xf86Rename.h" */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile.am */
+#include "edid.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#if DRI2
+# include "dri2.h"
+#endif
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "vgaHW.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "fbdevhw.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/common/Makefile.am */
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "fourcc.h"
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86Module.h"
+#include "xf86Opt.h"
+#include "xf86PciInfo.h"
+#include "xf86Priv.h"
+#include "xf86Privstr.h"
+#include "xf86cmap.h"
+#include "xf86fbman.h"
+#include "xf86str.h"
+#include "xf86Xinput.h"
+#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"
+#include "xisb.h"
+#if XV
+# include "xf86xv.h"
+# include "xf86xvmc.h"
+# include "xf86xvpriv.h"
+#endif
+/* XF86VidMode code is in libextmod module */
+/*
+#if XF86VIDMODE
+# include "vidmodeproc.h"
+#endif
+ */
+#include "xorgVersion.h"
+#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
+# include "xf86sbusBus.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile.am */
+#include "BT.h"
+#include "IBM.h"
+#include "TI.h"
+#include "xf86Cursor.h"
+#include "xf86RamDac.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "shadowfb.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile.am */
+#if defined(sun386)
+# include "agpgart.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86Pci.h"
+#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
+# include "xf86Sbus.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "xaa.h"
+#include "xaalocal.h"
+#include "xaarop.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "dgaproc.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am */
+#include "xf86Parser.h"
+#include "xf86Optrec.h"
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "vbe.h"
+#include "vbeModes.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#if XF86DRI
+# include "dri.h"
+# include "sarea.h"
+# include "dristruct.h"
+#endif
+ */
+
+
+/* mi/Makefile.am */
+#include "micmap.h"
+#include "miline.h"
+#include "mipointer.h"
+#include "mi.h"
+#include "mibstore.h"
+#include "migc.h"
+#include "mipointrst.h"
+#include "mizerarc.h"
+#include "micoord.h"
+#include "mifillarc.h"
+#include "mispans.h"
+#include "miwideline.h"
+#include "mistruct.h"
+#include "mifpoly.h"
+#include "mioverlay.h"
+
+
+/* randr/Makefile.am */
+#include "randrstr.h"
+#include "rrtransform.h"
+
+
+/* dbe/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "dbestruct.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* exa/Makefile.am -- module */
+/*
+#include "exa.h"
+ */
+
+
+/* xfixes/Makefile.am */
+#include "xfixes.h"
+
+
+/* include/Makefile.am */
+#include "XIstubs.h"
+#include "Xprintf.h"
+#include "closestr.h"
+#include "closure.h"
+#include "colormap.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "hotplug.h"
+#include "cursor.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "dixaccess.h"
+#include "dixevents.h"
+#include "dixfont.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "dixgrabs.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "extension.h"
+#include "extinit.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "gc.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "globals.h"
+#include "input.h"
+#include "inputstr.h"
+/* already included */
+/*
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "miscstruct.h"
+ */
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "pixmap.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "property.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "ptrveloc.h"
+#include "region.h"
+#include "regionstr.h"
+#include "registry.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "rgb.h"
+#include "screenint.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "selection.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "site.h"
+#include "swaprep.h"
+#include "swapreq.h"
+#include "validate.h"
+#include "window.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "xkbfile.h"
+#include "xkbsrv.h"
+#include "xkbstr.h"
+#include "xkbrules.h"
+#include "xserver-properties.h"
+
+EOF
+
+topdir=$1
+shift
+LC_ALL=C
+export LC_ALL
+${CPP:-cpp} "$@" -DXorgLoader sdksyms.c | ${AWK:-awk} -v topdir=$topdir '
+BEGIN {
+    sdk = 0;
+    print("/*");
+    print(" * These symbols are referenced to ensure they");
+    print(" * will be available in the X Server binary.");
+    print(" */");
+    printf("/* topdir=%s */\n", topdir);
+    print("_X_HIDDEN void *xorg_symbols[] = {");
+
+    printf("sdksyms.c:") > "sdksyms.dep";
+}
+/^# [0-9]+ "/ {
+    #   Process text after a include in a relative path or when the
+    # processed file has a basename matching $top_srcdir.
+    #   Note that indexing starts at 1; 0 means no match, and there
+    # is a starting ".
+    sdk = $3 !~ /^"\// || index($3, topdir) == 2;
+
+    if (sdk && $3 ~ /\.h"$/) {
+	# remove quotes
+	gsub(/"/, "", $3);
+	line = $2;
+	header = $3;
+	if (! headers[$3]) {
+	    printf(" \\\n  %s", $3) >> "sdksyms.dep";
+	    headers[$3] = 1;
+	}
+    }
+    next;
+}
+
+/^extern[ 	]/  {
+    if (sdk) {
+	n = 3;
+
+	# skip attribute, if any
+	while ($n ~ /^(__attribute__|__global)/ ||
+	    # skip modifiers, if any
+	    $n ~ /^\*?(unsigned|const|volatile|struct)$/ ||
+	    # skip pointer
+	    $n ~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\*$/)
+	    n++;
+
+	# type specifier may not be set, as in
+	#   extern _X_EXPORT unsigned name(...)
+	if ($n !~ /[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
+	    n++;
+
+	# go back if we are at the parameter list already
+	if ($n ~ /^[(]([^*].*)?$/)
+	    n--;
+
+	# match
+	#    extern _X_EXPORT type (* name[])(...)
+	if ($n ~ /^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/)
+	    n++;
+
+	# match
+	#	extern _X_EXPORT const name *const ...
+	if ($n ~ /^([^a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?const$/)
+	    n++;
+
+	# actual name may be in the next line, as in
+	#   extern _X_EXPORT type
+	# possibly ending with a *
+	#   name(...)
+	if ($n == "" || $n ~ /^\*+$/) {
+	    getline;
+	    n = 1;
+	}
+
+	# dont modify $0 or $n
+	symbol = $n;
+
+	# remove starting non word chars
+	sub(/^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/, "",symbol);
+
+	# remove from first non word to end of line
+	sub(/[^a-zA-Z0-9_].*/, "", symbol);
+
+	#print;
+	printf("    (void *) &%-50s /* %s:%s */\n", symbol ",", header, line);
+    }
+}
+
+{
+    line++;
+}
+
+END {
+    print("};");
+
+    print("") >> "sdksyms.dep";
+}' > _sdksyms.c
+
+STATUS=$?
+
+cat _sdksyms.c >> sdksyms.c
+rm _sdksyms.c
+
+[ $? != 0 ] && exit $?
+
+exit $STATUS
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86EdidModes.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86EdidModes.c
index f8cd9a0ca..d9ece7a14 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86EdidModes.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86EdidModes.c
@@ -1,1211 +1,1216 @@
-/*

- * Copyright 2006 Luc Verhaegen.

- * Copyright 2008 Red Hat, Inc.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

- * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions

- * of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-/**

- * @file This file covers code to convert a xf86MonPtr containing EDID-probed

- * information into a list of modes, including applying monitor-specific

- * quirks to fix broken EDID data.

- */

-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

-#include <xorg-config.h>

-#else

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

-#include <config.h>

-#endif

-#endif

-

-#define _PARSE_EDID_

-#include "xf86.h"

-#include "xf86DDC.h"

-#include <X11/Xatom.h>

-#include "property.h"

-#include "propertyst.h"

-#include "xf86Crtc.h"

-#include <string.h>

-#include <math.h>

-

-static void handle_detailed_rblank(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,

-                                   void *data)

-{

-    if (det_mon->type == DS_RANGES)

-        if (det_mon->section.ranges.supported_blanking & CVT_REDUCED)

-            *(Bool*)data = TRUE;

-}

-

-static Bool

-xf86MonitorSupportsReducedBlanking(xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* EDID 1.4 explicitly defines RB support */

-    if (DDC->ver.revision >= 4) {

-        Bool ret = FALSE;

-

-        xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(DDC, handle_detailed_rblank, &ret);

-        return ret;

-    }

-

-    /* For anything older, assume digital means RB support. Boo. */

-    if (DDC->features.input_type)

-        return TRUE;

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_prefer_large_60 (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Belinea 10 15 55 */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "MAX", 4) == 0 &&

-	((DDC->vendor.prod_id == 1516) ||

-	(DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x77e)))

-	return TRUE;

-    

-    /* Acer AL1706 */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "ACR", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 44358)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Bug #10814: Samsung SyncMaster 225BW */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 596)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Bug #10545: Samsung SyncMaster 226BW */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 638)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Acer F51 */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "API", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x7602)

-	return TRUE;

-

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_prefer_large_75 (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Bug #11603: Funai Electronics PM36B */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "FCM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 13600)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_detailed_h_in_cm (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Bug #11603: Funai Electronics PM36B */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "FCM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 13600)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_detailed_v_in_cm (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Bug #11603: Funai Electronics PM36B */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "FCM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 13600)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Bug #21000: LGPhilipsLCD LP154W01-TLAJ */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 47360)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Bug #10304: LGPhilipsLCD LP154W01-A5 */

-    if (memcmp(DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Bug #24482: LGPhilipsLCD LP154W01-TLA1 */

-    if (memcmp(DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x2a00)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Bug #21750: Samsung Syncmaster 2333HD */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 1157)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_detailed_use_maximum_size (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Bug #21324: Iiyama Vision Master 450 */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "IVM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 6400)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_135_clock_too_high (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Envision Peripherals, Inc. EN-7100e.  See bug #9550. */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "EPI", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 59264)

-	return TRUE;

-    

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_first_detailed_preferred (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Philips 107p5 CRT. Reported on xorg@ with pastebin. */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "PHL", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 57364)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Proview AY765C 17" LCD. See bug #15160*/

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "PTS", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 765)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* ACR of some sort RH #284231 */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "ACR", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 2423)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    /* Peacock Ergovision 19.  See rh#492359 */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "PEA", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 9003)

-	return TRUE;

-

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-static Bool quirk_detailed_sync_pp(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Bug #12439: Samsung SyncMaster 205BW */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 541)

-	return TRUE;

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/* This should probably be made more generic */

-static Bool quirk_dvi_single_link(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    /* Red Hat bug #453106: Apple 23" Cinema Display */

-    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "APL", 4) == 0 &&

-	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x921c)

-	return TRUE;

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-typedef struct {

-    Bool	(*detect) (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC);

-    ddc_quirk_t	quirk;

-    char	*description;

-} ddc_quirk_map_t;

-

-static const ddc_quirk_map_t ddc_quirks[] = {

-    {

-	quirk_prefer_large_60,   DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_60,

-	"Detailed timing is not preferred, use largest mode at 60Hz"

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_135_clock_too_high,   DDC_QUIRK_135_CLOCK_TOO_HIGH,

-	"Recommended 135MHz pixel clock is too high"

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_prefer_large_75,   DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_75,

-	"Detailed timing is not preferred, use largest mode at 75Hz"

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_detailed_h_in_cm,   DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_H_IN_CM,

-	"Detailed timings give horizontal size in cm."

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_detailed_v_in_cm,   DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_V_IN_CM,

-	"Detailed timings give vertical size in cm."

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_detailed_use_maximum_size,   DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_USE_MAXIMUM_SIZE,

-	"Use maximum size instead of detailed timing sizes."

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_first_detailed_preferred, DDC_QUIRK_FIRST_DETAILED_PREFERRED,

-	"First detailed timing was not marked as preferred."

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_detailed_sync_pp, DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_SYNC_PP,

-	"Use +hsync +vsync for detailed timing."

-    },

-    {

-	quirk_dvi_single_link, DDC_QUIRK_DVI_SINGLE_LINK,

-	"Forcing maximum pixel clock to single DVI link."

-    },

-    { 

-	NULL,		DDC_QUIRK_NONE,

-	"No known quirks"

-    },

-};

-

-/*

- * These more or less come from the DMT spec.  The 720x400 modes are

- * inferred from historical 80x25 practice.  The 640x480@67 and 832x624@75

- * modes are old-school Mac modes.  The EDID spec says the 1152x864@75 mode

- * should be 1152x870, again for the Mac, but instead we use the x864 DMT

- * mode.

- *

- * The DMT modes have been fact-checked; the rest are mild guesses.

- */

-#define MODEPREFIX NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, M_T_DRIVER

-#define MODESUFFIX 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,FALSE,FALSE,0,NULL,0,0.0,0.0

-

-static const DisplayModeRec DDCEstablishedModes[17] = {

-    { MODEPREFIX,    40000,  800,  840,  968, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  605,  628, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    36000,  800,  824,  896, 1024, 0,  600,  601,  603,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@56Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  656,  720,  840, 0,  480,  481,  484,  500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  664,  704,  832, 0,  480,  489,  492,  520, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@72Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    30240,  640,  704,  768,  864, 0,  480,  483,  486,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@67Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    25175,  640,  656,  752,  800, 0,  480,  490,  492,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    35500,  720,  738,  846,  900, 0,  400,  421,  423,  449, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 720x400@88Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    28320,  720,  738,  846,  900, 0,  400,  412,  414,  449, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 720x400@70Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   135000, 1280, 1296, 1440, 1688, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1066, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    78750, 1024, 1040, 1136, 1312, 0,  768,  769,  772,  800, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    75000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1328, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@70Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    65000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1344, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    44900, 1024, 1032, 1208, 1264, 0,  768,  768,  772,  817, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@43Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    57284,  832,  864,  928, 1152, 0,  624,  625,  628,  667, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 832x624@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    49500,  800,  816,  896, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  604,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    50000,  800,  856,  976, 1040, 0,  600,  637,  643,  666, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@72Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1152, 1216, 1344, 1600, 0,  864,  865,  868,  900, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1152x864@75Hz */

-};

-

-static DisplayModePtr

-DDCModesFromEstablished(int scrnIndex, struct established_timings *timing,

-			ddc_quirk_t quirks)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL, Mode = NULL;

-    CARD32 bits = (timing->t1) | (timing->t2 << 8) |

-        ((timing->t_manu & 0x80) << 9);

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < 17; i++) {

-        if (bits & (0x01 << i)) {

-            Mode = xf86DuplicateMode(&DDCEstablishedModes[i]);

-            Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);

-        }

-    }

-

-    return Modes;

-}

-

-/* Autogenerated from the DMT spec */

-const DisplayModeRec DMTModes[] = {

-    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  672,  736,  832, 0,  350,  382,  385,  445, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x350@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  672,  736,  832, 0,  400,  401,  404,  445, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x400@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    35500,  720,  756,  828,  936, 0,  400,  401,  404,  446, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 720x400@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    25175,  640,  656,  752,  800, 0,  480,  490,  492,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  664,  704,  832, 0,  480,  489,  492,  520, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@72Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  656,  720,  840, 0,  480,  481,  484,  500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    36000,  640,  696,  752,  832, 0,  480,  481,  484,  509, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    36000,  800,  824,  896, 1024, 0,  600,  601,  603,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@56Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    40000,  800,  840,  968, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  605,  628, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    50000,  800,  856,  976, 1040, 0,  600,  637,  643,  666, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@72Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    49500,  800,  816,  896, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  604,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    56250,  800,  832,  896, 1048, 0,  600,  601,  604,  631, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    73250,  800,  848,  880,  960, 0,  600,  603,  607,  636, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    33750,  848,  864,  976, 1088, 0,  480,  486,  494,  517, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 848x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    44900, 1024, 1032, 1208, 1264, 0,  768,  768,  772,  817, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@43Hz (interlaced) */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    65000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1344, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    75000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1328, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@70Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    78750, 1024, 1040, 1136, 1312, 0,  768,  769,  772,  800, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    94500, 1024, 1072, 1168, 1376, 0,  768,  769,  772,  808, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   115500, 1024, 1072, 1104, 1184, 0,  768,  771,  775,  813, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1152, 1216, 1344, 1600, 0,  864,  865,  868,  900, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1152x864@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    68250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  768,  771,  778,  790, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    79500, 1280, 1344, 1472, 1664, 0,  768,  771,  778,  798, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   102250, 1280, 1360, 1488, 1696, 0,  768,  771,  778,  805, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   117500, 1280, 1360, 1496, 1712, 0,  768,  771,  778,  809, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   140250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  768,  771,  778,  813, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    71000, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  800,  803,  809,  823, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    83500, 1280, 1352, 1480, 1680, 0,  800,  803,  809,  831, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   106500, 1280, 1360, 1488, 1696, 0,  800,  803,  809,  838, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   122500, 1280, 1360, 1496, 1712, 0,  800,  803,  809,  843, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   146250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  800,  803,  809,  847, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1280, 1376, 1488, 1800, 0,  960,  961,  964, 1000, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x960@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1280, 1344, 1504, 1728, 0,  960,  961,  964, 1011, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x960@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   175500, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  960,  963,  967, 1017, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x960@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1280, 1328, 1440, 1688, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1066, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   135000, 1280, 1296, 1440, 1688, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1066, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   157500, 1280, 1344, 1504, 1728, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1072, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   187250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0, 1024, 1027, 1034, 1084, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    85500, 1360, 1424, 1536, 1792, 0,  768,  771,  777,  795, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1360x768@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148250, 1360, 1408, 1440, 1520, 0,  768,  771,  776,  813, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1360x768@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   101000, 1400, 1448, 1480, 1560, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1080, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   121750, 1400, 1488, 1632, 1864, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1089, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   156000, 1400, 1504, 1648, 1896, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1099, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   179500, 1400, 1504, 1656, 1912, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1105, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   208000, 1400, 1448, 1480, 1560, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1112, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    88750, 1440, 1488, 1520, 1600, 0,  900,  903,  909,  926, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   106500, 1440, 1520, 1672, 1904, 0,  900,  903,  909,  934, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   136750, 1440, 1536, 1688, 1936, 0,  900,  903,  909,  942, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   157000, 1440, 1544, 1696, 1952, 0,  900,  903,  909,  948, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   182750, 1440, 1488, 1520, 1600, 0,  900,  903,  909,  953, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   162000, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   175500, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@65Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   189000, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@70Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   202500, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   229500, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   268250, 1600, 1648, 1680, 1760, 0, 1200, 1203, 1207, 1271, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   119000, 1680, 1728, 1760, 1840, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1080, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   146250, 1680, 1784, 1960, 2240, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1089, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   187000, 1680, 1800, 1976, 2272, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1099, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   214750, 1680, 1808, 1984, 2288, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1105, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   245500, 1680, 1728, 1760, 1840, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1112, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   204750, 1792, 1920, 2120, 2448, 0, 1344, 1345, 1348, 1394, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1792x1344@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   261000, 1792, 1888, 2104, 2456, 0, 1344, 1345, 1348, 1417, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1792x1344@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   333250, 1792, 1840, 1872, 1952, 0, 1344, 1347, 1351, 1423, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1792x1344@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   218250, 1856, 1952, 2176, 2528, 0, 1392, 1393, 1396, 1439, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1856x1392@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   288000, 1856, 1984, 2208, 2560, 0, 1392, 1393, 1396, 1500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1856x1392@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   356500, 1856, 1904, 1936, 2016, 0, 1392, 1395, 1399, 1474, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1856x1392@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   154000, 1920, 1968, 2000, 2080, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1235, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   193250, 1920, 2056, 2256, 2592, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1245, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   245250, 1920, 2056, 2264, 2608, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1255, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   281250, 1920, 2064, 2272, 2624, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   317000, 1920, 1968, 2000, 2080, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1271, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   234000, 1920, 2048, 2256, 2600, 0, 1440, 1441, 1444, 1500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1440@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   297000, 1920, 2064, 2288, 2640, 0, 1440, 1441, 1444, 1500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1440@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   380500, 1920, 1968, 2000, 2080, 0, 1440, 1443, 1447, 1525, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1440@120Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   268500, 2560, 2608, 2640, 2720, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1646, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@60Hz RB */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   348500, 2560, 2752, 3032, 3504, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1658, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   443250, 2560, 2768, 3048, 3536, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1672, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@75Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   505250, 2560, 2768, 3048, 3536, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1682, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@85Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   552750, 2560, 2608, 2640, 2720, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1694, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@120Hz RB */

-};

-

-#define LEVEL_DMT 0

-#define LEVEL_GTF 1

-#define LEVEL_CVT 2

-

-static int

-MonitorStandardTimingLevel(xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    if (DDC->ver.revision >= 2) {

-	if (DDC->ver.revision >= 4 && CVT_SUPPORTED(DDC->features.msc)) {

-	    return LEVEL_CVT;

-	}

-	return LEVEL_GTF;

-    }

-    return LEVEL_DMT;

-}

-

-static int

-ModeRefresh(const DisplayModeRec *mode)

-{

-    return (int)(xf86ModeVRefresh(mode) + 0.5);

-}

-

-/*

- * If rb is not set, then we'll not consider reduced-blanking modes as

- * part of the DMT pool.  For the 'standard' EDID mode descriptor there's

- * no way to specify whether the mode should be RB or not.

- */

-DisplayModePtr

-FindDMTMode(int hsize, int vsize, int refresh, Bool rb)

-{

-    int i;

-    const DisplayModeRec *ret;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(DMTModes) / sizeof(DisplayModeRec); i++) {

-	ret = &DMTModes[i];

-

-	if (!rb && xf86ModeIsReduced(ret))

-	    continue;

-

-	if (ret->HDisplay == hsize &&

-	    ret->VDisplay == vsize &&

-	    refresh == ModeRefresh(ret))

-	    return xf86DuplicateMode(ret);

-    }

-

-    return NULL;

-}

-

-/*

- * Appendix B of the EDID 1.4 spec defines the right thing to do here.

- * If the timing given here matches a mode defined in the VESA DMT standard,

- * we _must_ use that.  If the device supports CVT modes, then we should

- * generate a CVT timing.  If both of the above fail, use GTF.

- *

- * There are some wrinkles here.  EDID 1.1 and 1.0 sinks can't really

- * "support" GTF, since it wasn't a standard yet; so if they ask for a

- * timing in this section that isn't defined in DMT, returning a GTF mode

- * may not actually be valid.  EDID 1.3 sinks often report support for

- * some CVT modes, but they are not required to support CVT timings for

- * modes in the standard timing descriptor, so we should _not_ treat them

- * as CVT-compliant (unless specified in an extension block I suppose).

- *

- * EDID 1.4 requires that all sink devices support both GTF and CVT timings

- * for modes in this section, but does say that CVT is preferred.

- */

-static DisplayModePtr

-DDCModesFromStandardTiming(struct std_timings *timing, ddc_quirk_t quirks,

-			   int timing_level, Bool rb)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL, Mode = NULL;

-    int i, hsize, vsize, refresh;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < STD_TIMINGS; i++) {

-	hsize = timing[i].hsize;

-	vsize = timing[i].vsize;

-	refresh = timing[i].refresh;

-

-	/* HDTV hack, because you can't say 1366 */

-	if (refresh == 60 &&

-	    ((hsize == 1360 && vsize == 765) ||

-	     (hsize == 1368 && vsize == 769))) {

-	    Mode = xf86CVTMode(1366, 768, 60, FALSE, FALSE);

-	    Mode->HDisplay = 1366;

-	    Mode->HSyncStart--;

-	    Mode->HSyncEnd--;

-	} else if (hsize && vsize && refresh) {

-	    Mode = FindDMTMode(hsize, vsize, refresh, rb);

-

-	    if (!Mode) {

-		if (timing_level == LEVEL_CVT)

-		    /* pass rb here too? */

-		    Mode = xf86CVTMode(hsize, vsize, refresh, FALSE, FALSE);

-		else if (timing_level == LEVEL_GTF)

-		    Mode = xf86GTFMode(hsize, vsize, refresh, FALSE, FALSE);

-	    }

-

-	}

-

-	if (Mode) {

-	    Mode->type = M_T_DRIVER;

-	    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);

-	}

-	Mode = NULL;

-    }

-

-    return Modes;

-}

-

-static void

-DDCModeDoInterlaceQuirks(DisplayModePtr mode)

-{

-    /*

-     * EDID is delightfully ambiguous about how interlaced modes are to be

-     * encoded.  X's internal representation is of frame height, but some

-     * HDTV detailed timings are encoded as field height.

-     *

-     * The format list here is from CEA, in frame size.  Technically we

-     * should be checking refresh rate too.  Whatever.

-     */

-    static const struct {

-	int w, h;

-    } cea_interlaced[] = {

-	{ 1920, 1080 },

-	{  720,  480 },

-	{ 1440,  480 },

-	{ 2880,  480 },

-	{  720,  576 },

-	{ 1440,  576 },

-	{ 2880,  576 },

-    };

-    static const int n_modes = sizeof(cea_interlaced)/sizeof(cea_interlaced[0]);

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < n_modes; i++) {

-	if ((mode->HDisplay == cea_interlaced[i].w) &&

-	    (mode->VDisplay == cea_interlaced[i].h / 2)) {

-	    mode->VDisplay *= 2;

-	    mode->VSyncStart *= 2;

-	    mode->VSyncEnd *= 2;

-	    mode->VTotal *= 2;

-	    mode->VTotal |= 1;

-	}

-    }

-

-    mode->Flags |= V_INTERLACE;

-}

-

-/*

- *

- */

-static DisplayModePtr

-DDCModeFromDetailedTiming(int scrnIndex, struct detailed_timings *timing,

-			  Bool preferred, ddc_quirk_t quirks)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Mode;

-

-    /*

-     * Refuse to create modes that are insufficiently large.  64 is a random

-     * number, maybe the spec says something about what the minimum is.  In

-     * particular I see this frequently with _old_ EDID, 1.0 or so, so maybe

-     * our parser is just being too aggresive there.

-     */

-    if (timing->h_active < 64 || timing->v_active < 64) {

-	xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-		   "%s: Ignoring tiny %dx%d mode\n", __func__,

-		   timing->h_active, timing->v_active);

-	return NULL;

-    }

-

-    /* We don't do stereo */

-    if (timing->stereo) {

-        xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-		   "%s: Ignoring: We don't handle stereo.\n", __func__);

-        return NULL;

-    }

-

-    /* We only do seperate sync currently */

-    if (timing->sync != 0x03) {

-         xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-		    "%s: %dx%d Warning: We only handle separate"

-                    " sync.\n", __func__, timing->h_active, timing->v_active);

-    }

-

-    Mode = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(DisplayModeRec));

-

-    Mode->type = M_T_DRIVER;

-    if (preferred)

-	Mode->type |= M_T_PREFERRED;

-

-    if( ( quirks & DDC_QUIRK_135_CLOCK_TOO_HIGH ) &&

-	timing->clock == 135000000 )

-        Mode->Clock = 108880;

-    else

-        Mode->Clock = timing->clock / 1000.0;

-

-    Mode->HDisplay = timing->h_active;

-    Mode->HSyncStart = timing->h_active + timing->h_sync_off;

-    Mode->HSyncEnd = Mode->HSyncStart + timing->h_sync_width;

-    Mode->HTotal = timing->h_active + timing->h_blanking;

-

-    Mode->VDisplay = timing->v_active;

-    Mode->VSyncStart = timing->v_active + timing->v_sync_off;

-    Mode->VSyncEnd = Mode->VSyncStart + timing->v_sync_width;

-    Mode->VTotal = timing->v_active + timing->v_blanking;

-

-    /* perform basic check on the detail timing */

-    if (Mode->HSyncEnd > Mode->HTotal || Mode->VSyncEnd > Mode->VTotal) {

-	free(Mode);

-	return NULL;

-    }

-

-    /* We ignore h/v_size and h/v_border for now. */

-

-    if (timing->interlaced)

-	DDCModeDoInterlaceQuirks(Mode);

-

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_SYNC_PP)

-	Mode->Flags |= V_PVSYNC | V_PHSYNC;

-    else {

-	if (timing->misc & 0x02)

-	    Mode->Flags |= V_PVSYNC;

-	else

-	    Mode->Flags |= V_NVSYNC;

-

-	if (timing->misc & 0x01)

-	    Mode->Flags |= V_PHSYNC;

-	else

-	    Mode->Flags |= V_NHSYNC;

-    }

-

-    xf86SetModeDefaultName(Mode);

-

-    return Mode;

-}

-

-static DisplayModePtr

-DDCModesFromCVT(int scrnIndex, struct cvt_timings *t)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr modes = NULL;

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {

-	if (t[i].height) {

-	    if (t[i].rates & 0x10)

-		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,

-			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 50, 0, 0));

-	    if (t[i].rates & 0x08)

-		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,

-			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 60, 0, 0));

-	    if (t[i].rates & 0x04)

-		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,

-			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 75, 0, 0));

-	    if (t[i].rates & 0x02)

-		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,

-			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 85, 0, 0));

-	    if (t[i].rates & 0x01)

-		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,

-			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 60, 1, 0));

-	} else break;

-    }

-

-    return modes;

-}

-

-static const struct {

-    short w;

-    short h;

-    short r;

-    short rb;

-} EstIIIModes[] = {

-    /* byte 6 */

-    { 640, 350, 85, 0 },

-    { 640, 400, 85, 0 },

-    { 720, 400, 85, 0 },

-    { 640, 480, 85, 0 },

-    { 848, 480, 60, 0 },

-    { 800, 600, 85, 0 },

-    { 1024, 768, 85, 0 },

-    { 1152, 864, 75, 0 },

-    /* byte 7 */

-    { 1280, 768, 60, 1 },

-    { 1280, 768, 60, 0 },

-    { 1280, 768, 75, 0 },

-    { 1280, 768, 85, 0 },

-    { 1280, 960, 60, 0 },

-    { 1280, 960, 85, 0 },

-    { 1280, 1024, 60, 0 },

-    { 1280, 1024, 85, 0 },

-    /* byte 8 */

-    { 1360, 768, 60, 0 },

-    { 1440, 900, 60, 1 },

-    { 1440, 900, 60, 0 },

-    { 1440, 900, 75, 0 },

-    { 1440, 900, 85, 0 },

-    { 1400, 1050, 60, 1 },

-    { 1400, 1050, 60, 0 },

-    { 1400, 1050, 75, 0 },

-    /* byte 9 */

-    { 1400, 1050, 85, 0 },

-    { 1680, 1050, 60, 1 },

-    { 1680, 1050, 60, 0 },

-    { 1680, 1050, 75, 0 },

-    { 1680, 1050, 85, 0 },

-    { 1600, 1200, 60, 0 },

-    { 1600, 1200, 65, 0 },

-    { 1600, 1200, 70, 0 },

-    /* byte 10 */

-    { 1600, 1200, 75, 0 },

-    { 1600, 1200, 85, 0 },

-    { 1792, 1344, 60, 0 },

-    { 1792, 1344, 85, 0 },

-    { 1856, 1392, 60, 0 },

-    { 1856, 1392, 75, 0 },

-    { 1920, 1200, 60, 1 },

-    { 1920, 1200, 60, 0 },

-    /* byte 11 */

-    { 1920, 1200, 75, 0 },

-    { 1920, 1200, 85, 0 },

-    { 1920, 1440, 60, 0 },

-    { 1920, 1440, 75, 0 },

-};

-

-static DisplayModePtr

-DDCModesFromEstIII(unsigned char *est)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr modes = NULL;

-    int i, j, m;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) {

-	for (j = 7; j > 0; j--) {

-	    if (est[i] & (1 << j)) {

-		m = (i * 8) + (7 - j);

-		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,

-				     FindDMTMode(EstIIIModes[m].w,

-						 EstIIIModes[m].h,

-						 EstIIIModes[m].r,

-						 EstIIIModes[m].rb));

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-

-    return modes;

-}

-

-/*

- * This is only valid when the sink claims to be continuous-frequency

- * but does not supply a detailed range descriptor.  Such sinks are

- * arguably broken.  Currently the mode validation code isn't aware of

- * this; the non-RANDR code even punts the decision of optional sync

- * range checking to the driver.  Loss.

- */

-static void

-DDCGuessRangesFromModes(int scrnIndex, MonPtr Monitor, DisplayModePtr Modes)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Mode = Modes;

-

-    if (!Monitor || !Modes)

-        return;

-

-    /* set up the ranges for scanning through the modes */

-    Monitor->nHsync = 1;

-    Monitor->hsync[0].lo = 1024.0;

-    Monitor->hsync[0].hi = 0.0;

-

-    Monitor->nVrefresh = 1;

-    Monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = 1024.0;

-    Monitor->vrefresh[0].hi = 0.0;

-

-    while (Mode) {

-        if (!Mode->HSync)

-            Mode->HSync = ((float) Mode->Clock ) / ((float) Mode->HTotal);

-

-        if (!Mode->VRefresh)

-            Mode->VRefresh = (1000.0 * ((float) Mode->Clock)) / 

-                ((float) (Mode->HTotal * Mode->VTotal));

-

-        if (Mode->HSync < Monitor->hsync[0].lo)

-            Monitor->hsync[0].lo = Mode->HSync;

-

-        if (Mode->HSync > Monitor->hsync[0].hi)

-            Monitor->hsync[0].hi = Mode->HSync;

-

-        if (Mode->VRefresh < Monitor->vrefresh[0].lo)

-            Monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = Mode->VRefresh;

-

-        if (Mode->VRefresh > Monitor->vrefresh[0].hi)

-            Monitor->vrefresh[0].hi = Mode->VRefresh;

-

-        Mode = Mode->next;

-    }

-}

-

-ddc_quirk_t

-xf86DDCDetectQuirks(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC, Bool verbose)

-{

-    ddc_quirk_t	quirks;

-    int i;

-

-    quirks = DDC_QUIRK_NONE;

-    for (i = 0; ddc_quirks[i].detect; i++) {

-	if (ddc_quirks[i].detect (scrnIndex, DDC)) {

-	    if (verbose) {

-		xf86DrvMsg (scrnIndex, X_INFO, "    EDID quirk: %s\n",

-			    ddc_quirks[i].description);

-	    }

-	    quirks |= ddc_quirks[i].quirk;

-	}

-    }

-

-    return quirks;

-}

-

-void xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,

-                              ddc_quirk_t quirks,

-                              int hsize, int vsize)

-{

-    if (det_mon->type != DT)

-        return;

-

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_H_IN_CM)

-        det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size *= 10;

-

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_V_IN_CM)

-        det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size *= 10;

-

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_USE_MAXIMUM_SIZE) {

-        det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size = 10 * hsize;

-        det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size = 10 * vsize;

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Applies monitor-specific quirks to the decoded EDID information.

- *

- * Note that some quirks applying to the mode list are still implemented in

- * xf86DDCGetModes.

- */

-void

-xf86DDCApplyQuirks(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    ddc_quirk_t quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks (scrnIndex, DDC, FALSE);

-    int i;

-

-    for (i = 0; i < DET_TIMINGS; i++) {

-        xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(DDC->det_mon + i, quirks,

-                                 DDC->features.hsize,

-                                 DDC->features.vsize);

-    }

-}

-

-/**

- * Walks the modes list, finding the mode with the largest area which is

- * closest to the target refresh rate, and marks it as the only preferred mode.

-*/

-static void

-xf86DDCSetPreferredRefresh(int scrnIndex, DisplayModePtr modes,

-			   float target_refresh)

-{

-	DisplayModePtr	mode, best = modes;

-

-	for (mode = modes; mode; mode = mode->next)

-	{

-	    mode->type &= ~M_T_PREFERRED;

-

-	    if (mode == best) continue;

-

-	    if (mode->HDisplay * mode->VDisplay >

-		best->HDisplay * best->VDisplay)

-	    {

-		best = mode;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    if (mode->HDisplay * mode->VDisplay ==

-		best->HDisplay * best->VDisplay)

-	    {

-		double	mode_refresh = xf86ModeVRefresh (mode);

-		double	best_refresh = xf86ModeVRefresh (best);

-		double	mode_dist = fabs(mode_refresh - target_refresh);

-		double	best_dist = fabs(best_refresh - target_refresh);

-

-		if (mode_dist < best_dist)

-		{

-		    best = mode;

-		    continue;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-	if (best)

-	    best->type |= M_T_PREFERRED;

-}

-

-#define CEA_VIDEO_MODES_NUM  64

-static const DisplayModeRec CEAVideoModes[CEA_VIDEO_MODES_NUM] = {

-    { MODEPREFIX,    25175,  640,  656,  752,  800, 0,  480,  490,  492,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 1:640x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 2:720x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 3:720x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1280, 1390, 1430, 1650, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 4: 1280x720@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 5:1920x1080i@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 6:1440x480i@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 7:1440x480i@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 8:1440x240@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 9:1440x240@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 10:2880x480i@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 11:2880x480i@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 12:2880x240@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 13:2880x240@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1472, 1596, 1716, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 14:1440x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1472, 1596, 1716, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 15:1440x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 16:1920x1080@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 17:720x576@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 18:720x576@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1280, 1720, 1760, 1980, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 19: 1280x720@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 20:1920x1080i@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 21:1440x576i@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 22:1440x576i@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 23:1440x288@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 24:1440x288@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 25:2880x576i@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 26:2880x576i@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 27:2880x288@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 28:2880x288@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1592, 1728, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 29:1440x576@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1592, 1728, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 30:1440x576@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 31:1920x1080@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2558, 2602, 2750, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 32:1920x1080@24Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 33:1920x1080@25Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 34:1920x1080@30Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2944, 3192, 3432, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 35:2880x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2944, 3192, 3432, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 36:2880x480@60Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2928, 3184, 3456, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 37:2880x576@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2928, 3184, 3456, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 38:2880x576@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    72000, 1920, 1952, 2120, 2304, 0, 1080, 1126, 1136, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 39:1920x1080i@50Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 40:1920x1080i@100Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1280, 1720, 1760, 1980, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 41:1280x720@100Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 42:720x576@100Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 43:720x576@100Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 44:1440x576i@100Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 45:1440x576i@100Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 46:1920x1080i@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1280, 1390, 1430, 1650, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 47:1280x720@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 48:720x480@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 49:720x480@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 50:1440x480i@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 51:1440x480i@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 52:720x576@200Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 53:720x576@200Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 54:1440x576i@200Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 55:1440x576i@200Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 56:720x480@240Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 57:720x480@240Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 58:1440x480i@240 */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 59:1440x480i@240 */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    59400, 1280, 3040, 3080, 3300, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 60: 1280x720@24Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 3700, 3740, 1430, 3960, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 61: 1280x720@25Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1280, 3040, 3080, 3300, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 62: 1280x720@30Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   297000, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 63: 1920x1080@120Hz */

-    { MODEPREFIX,   297000, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 64:1920x1080@100Hz */

-};

-

-/* chose mode line by cea short video descriptor*/

-static void handle_cea_svd(struct cea_video_block *video, void *data)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Mode;

-    DisplayModePtr *Modes = (DisplayModePtr *) data;

-    int vid;

-

-    vid = video ->video_code & 0x7f;

-    if (vid < CEA_VIDEO_MODES_NUM) {

-	Mode = xf86DuplicateMode(CEAVideoModes + vid);

-	*Modes = xf86ModesAdd(*Modes, Mode);

-    }

-}

-

-static DisplayModePtr

-DDCModesFromCEAExtension(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr MonPtr)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL;

-

-    xf86ForEachVideoBlock(MonPtr,

-                          handle_cea_svd,

-                          &Modes);

-

-    return Modes;

-}

-

-struct det_modes_parameter {

-    xf86MonPtr DDC;

-    ddc_quirk_t quirks;

-    DisplayModePtr  Modes;

-    Bool rb;

-    Bool preferred;

-    int timing_level;

-};

-

-static void handle_detailed_modes(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,

-	                          void *data)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr  Mode;

-    struct det_modes_parameter *p = (struct det_modes_parameter *)data;

-

-    xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(det_mon,p->quirks,

-                             p->DDC->features.hsize,

-                             p->DDC->features.vsize);

-

-    switch (det_mon->type) {

-    case DT:

-        Mode = DDCModeFromDetailedTiming(p->DDC->scrnIndex,

-                                         &det_mon->section.d_timings,

-                                         p->preferred,

-                                         p->quirks);

-        p->preferred = FALSE;

-        p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);

-        break;

-    case DS_STD_TIMINGS:

-        Mode = DDCModesFromStandardTiming(det_mon->section.std_t,

-                                          p->quirks, p->timing_level,p->rb);

-        p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);

-        break;

-    case DS_CVT:

-        Mode = DDCModesFromCVT(p->DDC->scrnIndex, det_mon->section.cvt);

-        p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);

-        break;

-    case DS_EST_III:

-	Mode = DDCModesFromEstIII(det_mon->section.est_iii);

-	p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);

-	break;

-    default:

-        break;

-    }

-}

-

-DisplayModePtr

-xf86DDCGetModes(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr  Modes = NULL, Mode;

-    ddc_quirk_t	    quirks;

-    Bool	    preferred, rb;

-    int		    timing_level;

-    struct det_modes_parameter p;

-

-    xf86DrvMsg (scrnIndex, X_INFO, "EDID vendor \"%s\", prod id %d\n",

-		DDC->vendor.name, DDC->vendor.prod_id);

-

-    quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks(scrnIndex, DDC, TRUE);

-

-    preferred = PREFERRED_TIMING_MODE(DDC->features.msc);

-    if (DDC->ver.revision >= 4)

-	preferred = TRUE;

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_FIRST_DETAILED_PREFERRED)

-	preferred = TRUE;

-    if (quirks & (DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_60 | DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_75))

-	preferred = FALSE;

-

-    rb = xf86MonitorSupportsReducedBlanking(DDC);

-

-    timing_level = MonitorStandardTimingLevel(DDC);

-

-    p.quirks = quirks;

-    p.DDC = DDC;

-    p.Modes = Modes;

-    p.rb = rb;

-    p.preferred = preferred;

-    p.timing_level = timing_level;

-    xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(DDC, handle_detailed_modes, &p);

-    Modes = p.Modes;

-

-    /* Add established timings */

-    Mode = DDCModesFromEstablished(scrnIndex, &DDC->timings1, quirks);

-    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);

-

-    /* Add standard timings */

-    Mode = DDCModesFromStandardTiming(DDC->timings2, quirks, timing_level, rb);

-    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);

-

-    /* Add cea-extension mode timings */

-    Mode = DDCModesFromCEAExtension(scrnIndex,DDC);

-    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);

-

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_60)

-	xf86DDCSetPreferredRefresh(scrnIndex, Modes, 60);

-

-    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_75)

-	xf86DDCSetPreferredRefresh(scrnIndex, Modes, 75);

-

-    Modes = xf86PruneDuplicateModes(Modes);

-

-    return Modes;

-}

-

-struct det_mon_parameter {

-    MonPtr Monitor;

-    ddc_quirk_t quirks;

-    Bool have_hsync;

-    Bool have_vrefresh;

-    Bool have_maxpixclock;

-};

-

-static void handle_detailed_monset(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,

-                                   void *data)

-{

-    int clock;

-    struct det_mon_parameter *p = (struct det_mon_parameter *)data;

-    int scrnIndex = ((xf86MonPtr)(p->Monitor->DDC))->scrnIndex;

-

-    switch (det_mon->type) {

-    case DS_RANGES:

-        if (!p->have_hsync) {

-            if (!p->Monitor->nHsync)

-                xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-                    "Using EDID range info for horizontal sync\n");

-                p->Monitor->hsync[p->Monitor->nHsync].lo =

-                    det_mon->section.ranges.min_h;

-                p->Monitor->hsync[p->Monitor->nHsync].hi =

-                    det_mon->section.ranges.max_h;

-                p->Monitor->nHsync++;

-        } else {

-            xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-                "Using hsync ranges from config file\n");

-        }

-

-        if (!p->have_vrefresh) {

-            if (!p->Monitor->nVrefresh)

-                xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-                    "Using EDID range info for vertical refresh\n");

-            p->Monitor->vrefresh[p->Monitor->nVrefresh].lo =

-                det_mon->section.ranges.min_v;

-            p->Monitor->vrefresh[p->Monitor->nVrefresh].hi =

-                det_mon->section.ranges.max_v;

-            p->Monitor->nVrefresh++;

-        } else {

-            xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,

-                "Using vrefresh ranges from config file\n");

-        }

-

-        clock = det_mon->section.ranges.max_clock * 1000;

-        if (p->quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DVI_SINGLE_LINK)

-            clock = min(clock, 165000);

-        if (!p->have_maxpixclock && clock > p->Monitor->maxPixClock)

-            p->Monitor->maxPixClock = clock;

-

-        break;

-    default:

-        break;

-    }

-}

-

-/*

- * Fill out MonPtr with xf86MonPtr information.

- */

-void

-xf86EdidMonitorSet(int scrnIndex, MonPtr Monitor, xf86MonPtr DDC)

-{

-    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL, Mode;

-    struct det_mon_parameter p;

-

-    if (!Monitor || !DDC)

-        return;

-

-    Monitor->DDC = DDC;

-

-    if (Monitor->widthmm <= 0 || Monitor->heightmm <= 0) {

-	Monitor->widthmm = 10 * DDC->features.hsize;

-	Monitor->heightmm = 10 * DDC->features.vsize;

-    }

-

-    Monitor->reducedblanking = xf86MonitorSupportsReducedBlanking(DDC);

-

-    Modes = xf86DDCGetModes(scrnIndex, DDC);

-

-    /* Go through the detailed monitor sections */

-    p.Monitor = Monitor;

-    p.quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks(scrnIndex, Monitor->DDC, FALSE);

-    p.have_hsync = (Monitor->nHsync != 0);

-    p.have_vrefresh = (Monitor->nVrefresh != 0);

-    p.have_maxpixclock = (Monitor->maxPixClock != 0);

-    xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(DDC, handle_detailed_monset, &p);

-

-    if (Modes) {

-        /* Print Modes */

-        xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "Printing DDC gathered Modelines:\n");

-

-        Mode = Modes;

-        while (Mode) {

-            xf86PrintModeline(scrnIndex, Mode);

-            Mode = Mode->next;

-        }

-

-        /* Do we still need ranges to be filled in? */

-        if (!Monitor->nHsync || !Monitor->nVrefresh)

-            DDCGuessRangesFromModes(scrnIndex, Monitor, Modes);

-

-        /* look for last Mode */

-        Mode = Modes;

-

-        while (Mode->next)

-            Mode = Mode->next;

-

-        /* add to MonPtr */

-        if (Monitor->Modes) {

-            Monitor->Last->next = Modes;

-            Modes->prev = Monitor->Last;

-            Monitor->Last = Mode;

-        } else {

-            Monitor->Modes = Modes;

-            Monitor->Last = Mode;

-        }

-    }

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright 2006 Luc Verhaegen.
+ * Copyright 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sub license,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
+ * next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
+ * of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file This file covers code to convert a xf86MonPtr containing EDID-probed
+ * information into a list of modes, including applying monitor-specific
+ * quirks to fix broken EDID data.
+ */
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#else
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#define _PARSE_EDID_
+#include "xf86.h"
+#include "xf86DDC.h"
+#include <X11/Xatom.h>
+#include "property.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "xf86Crtc.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include <math.h>
+
+static void handle_detailed_rblank(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
+                                   void *data)
+{
+    if (det_mon->type == DS_RANGES)
+        if (det_mon->section.ranges.supported_blanking & CVT_REDUCED)
+            *(Bool*)data = TRUE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+xf86MonitorSupportsReducedBlanking(xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* EDID 1.4 explicitly defines RB support */
+    if (DDC->ver.revision >= 4) {
+        Bool ret = FALSE;
+
+        xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(DDC, handle_detailed_rblank, &ret);
+        return ret;
+    }
+
+    /* For anything older, assume digital means RB support. Boo. */
+    if (DDC->features.input_type)
+        return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_prefer_large_60 (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Belinea 10 15 55 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "MAX", 4) == 0 &&
+	((DDC->vendor.prod_id == 1516) ||
+	(DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x77e)))
+	return TRUE;
+    
+    /* Acer AL1706 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "ACR", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 44358)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #10814: Samsung SyncMaster 225BW */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 596)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #10545: Samsung SyncMaster 226BW */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 638)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Acer F51 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "API", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x7602)
+	return TRUE;
+
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_prefer_large_75 (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Bug #11603: Funai Electronics PM36B */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "FCM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 13600)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_detailed_h_in_cm (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Bug #11603: Funai Electronics PM36B */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "FCM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 13600)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_detailed_v_in_cm (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Bug #11603: Funai Electronics PM36B */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "FCM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 13600)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #21000: LGPhilipsLCD LP154W01-TLAJ */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 47360)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #10304: LGPhilipsLCD LP154W01-A5 */
+    if (memcmp(DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #24482: LGPhilipsLCD LP154W01-TLA1 */
+    if (memcmp(DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x2a00)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #28414: HP Compaq NC8430 LP154W01-TLA8 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "LPL", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 5750)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Bug #21750: Samsung Syncmaster 2333HD */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 1157)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_detailed_use_maximum_size (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Bug #21324: Iiyama Vision Master 450 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "IVM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 6400)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_135_clock_too_high (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Envision Peripherals, Inc. EN-7100e.  See bug #9550. */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "EPI", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 59264)
+	return TRUE;
+    
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_first_detailed_preferred (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Philips 107p5 CRT. Reported on xorg@ with pastebin. */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "PHL", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 57364)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Proview AY765C 17" LCD. See bug #15160*/
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "PTS", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 765)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* ACR of some sort RH #284231 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "ACR", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 2423)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    /* Peacock Ergovision 19.  See rh#492359 */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "PEA", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 9003)
+	return TRUE;
+
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool quirk_detailed_sync_pp(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Bug #12439: Samsung SyncMaster 205BW */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "SAM", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 541)
+	return TRUE;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* This should probably be made more generic */
+static Bool quirk_dvi_single_link(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    /* Red Hat bug #453106: Apple 23" Cinema Display */
+    if (memcmp (DDC->vendor.name, "APL", 4) == 0 &&
+	DDC->vendor.prod_id == 0x921c)
+	return TRUE;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+typedef struct {
+    Bool	(*detect) (int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC);
+    ddc_quirk_t	quirk;
+    char	*description;
+} ddc_quirk_map_t;
+
+static const ddc_quirk_map_t ddc_quirks[] = {
+    {
+	quirk_prefer_large_60,   DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_60,
+	"Detailed timing is not preferred, use largest mode at 60Hz"
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_135_clock_too_high,   DDC_QUIRK_135_CLOCK_TOO_HIGH,
+	"Recommended 135MHz pixel clock is too high"
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_prefer_large_75,   DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_75,
+	"Detailed timing is not preferred, use largest mode at 75Hz"
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_detailed_h_in_cm,   DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_H_IN_CM,
+	"Detailed timings give horizontal size in cm."
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_detailed_v_in_cm,   DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_V_IN_CM,
+	"Detailed timings give vertical size in cm."
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_detailed_use_maximum_size,   DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_USE_MAXIMUM_SIZE,
+	"Use maximum size instead of detailed timing sizes."
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_first_detailed_preferred, DDC_QUIRK_FIRST_DETAILED_PREFERRED,
+	"First detailed timing was not marked as preferred."
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_detailed_sync_pp, DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_SYNC_PP,
+	"Use +hsync +vsync for detailed timing."
+    },
+    {
+	quirk_dvi_single_link, DDC_QUIRK_DVI_SINGLE_LINK,
+	"Forcing maximum pixel clock to single DVI link."
+    },
+    { 
+	NULL,		DDC_QUIRK_NONE,
+	"No known quirks"
+    },
+};
+
+/*
+ * These more or less come from the DMT spec.  The 720x400 modes are
+ * inferred from historical 80x25 practice.  The 640x480@67 and 832x624@75
+ * modes are old-school Mac modes.  The EDID spec says the 1152x864@75 mode
+ * should be 1152x870, again for the Mac, but instead we use the x864 DMT
+ * mode.
+ *
+ * The DMT modes have been fact-checked; the rest are mild guesses.
+ */
+#define MODEPREFIX NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, M_T_DRIVER
+#define MODESUFFIX 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,FALSE,FALSE,0,NULL,0,0.0,0.0
+
+static const DisplayModeRec DDCEstablishedModes[17] = {
+    { MODEPREFIX,    40000,  800,  840,  968, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  605,  628, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    36000,  800,  824,  896, 1024, 0,  600,  601,  603,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@56Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  656,  720,  840, 0,  480,  481,  484,  500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  664,  704,  832, 0,  480,  489,  492,  520, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@72Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    30240,  640,  704,  768,  864, 0,  480,  483,  486,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@67Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    25175,  640,  656,  752,  800, 0,  480,  490,  492,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    35500,  720,  738,  846,  900, 0,  400,  421,  423,  449, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 720x400@88Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    28320,  720,  738,  846,  900, 0,  400,  412,  414,  449, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 720x400@70Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   135000, 1280, 1296, 1440, 1688, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1066, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    78750, 1024, 1040, 1136, 1312, 0,  768,  769,  772,  800, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    75000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1328, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@70Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    65000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1344, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    44900, 1024, 1032, 1208, 1264, 0,  768,  768,  772,  817, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@43Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    57284,  832,  864,  928, 1152, 0,  624,  625,  628,  667, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 832x624@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    49500,  800,  816,  896, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  604,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    50000,  800,  856,  976, 1040, 0,  600,  637,  643,  666, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@72Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1152, 1216, 1344, 1600, 0,  864,  865,  868,  900, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1152x864@75Hz */
+};
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+DDCModesFromEstablished(int scrnIndex, struct established_timings *timing,
+			ddc_quirk_t quirks)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL, Mode = NULL;
+    CARD32 bits = (timing->t1) | (timing->t2 << 8) |
+        ((timing->t_manu & 0x80) << 9);
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 17; i++) {
+        if (bits & (0x01 << i)) {
+            Mode = xf86DuplicateMode(&DDCEstablishedModes[i]);
+            Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return Modes;
+}
+
+/* Autogenerated from the DMT spec */
+const DisplayModeRec DMTModes[] = {
+    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  672,  736,  832, 0,  350,  382,  385,  445, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x350@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  672,  736,  832, 0,  400,  401,  404,  445, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x400@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    35500,  720,  756,  828,  936, 0,  400,  401,  404,  446, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 720x400@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    25175,  640,  656,  752,  800, 0,  480,  490,  492,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  664,  704,  832, 0,  480,  489,  492,  520, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@72Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    31500,  640,  656,  720,  840, 0,  480,  481,  484,  500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    36000,  640,  696,  752,  832, 0,  480,  481,  484,  509, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 640x480@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    36000,  800,  824,  896, 1024, 0,  600,  601,  603,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@56Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    40000,  800,  840,  968, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  605,  628, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    50000,  800,  856,  976, 1040, 0,  600,  637,  643,  666, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@72Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    49500,  800,  816,  896, 1056, 0,  600,  601,  604,  625, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    56250,  800,  832,  896, 1048, 0,  600,  601,  604,  631, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    73250,  800,  848,  880,  960, 0,  600,  603,  607,  636, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 800x600@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    33750,  848,  864,  976, 1088, 0,  480,  486,  494,  517, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 848x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    44900, 1024, 1032, 1208, 1264, 0,  768,  768,  772,  817, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@43Hz (interlaced) */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    65000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1344, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    75000, 1024, 1048, 1184, 1328, 0,  768,  771,  777,  806, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@70Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    78750, 1024, 1040, 1136, 1312, 0,  768,  769,  772,  800, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    94500, 1024, 1072, 1168, 1376, 0,  768,  769,  772,  808, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   115500, 1024, 1072, 1104, 1184, 0,  768,  771,  775,  813, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1024x768@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1152, 1216, 1344, 1600, 0,  864,  865,  868,  900, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1152x864@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    68250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  768,  771,  778,  790, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    79500, 1280, 1344, 1472, 1664, 0,  768,  771,  778,  798, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   102250, 1280, 1360, 1488, 1696, 0,  768,  771,  778,  805, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   117500, 1280, 1360, 1496, 1712, 0,  768,  771,  778,  809, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   140250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  768,  771,  778,  813, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x768@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    71000, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  800,  803,  809,  823, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    83500, 1280, 1352, 1480, 1680, 0,  800,  803,  809,  831, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   106500, 1280, 1360, 1488, 1696, 0,  800,  803,  809,  838, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   122500, 1280, 1360, 1496, 1712, 0,  800,  803,  809,  843, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   146250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  800,  803,  809,  847, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x800@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1280, 1376, 1488, 1800, 0,  960,  961,  964, 1000, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x960@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1280, 1344, 1504, 1728, 0,  960,  961,  964, 1011, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x960@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   175500, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0,  960,  963,  967, 1017, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x960@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1280, 1328, 1440, 1688, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1066, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   135000, 1280, 1296, 1440, 1688, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1066, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   157500, 1280, 1344, 1504, 1728, 0, 1024, 1025, 1028, 1072, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   187250, 1280, 1328, 1360, 1440, 0, 1024, 1027, 1034, 1084, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1280x1024@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    85500, 1360, 1424, 1536, 1792, 0,  768,  771,  777,  795, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1360x768@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148250, 1360, 1408, 1440, 1520, 0,  768,  771,  776,  813, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1360x768@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   101000, 1400, 1448, 1480, 1560, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1080, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   121750, 1400, 1488, 1632, 1864, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1089, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   156000, 1400, 1504, 1648, 1896, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1099, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   179500, 1400, 1504, 1656, 1912, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1105, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   208000, 1400, 1448, 1480, 1560, 0, 1050, 1053, 1057, 1112, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1400x1050@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    88750, 1440, 1488, 1520, 1600, 0,  900,  903,  909,  926, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   106500, 1440, 1520, 1672, 1904, 0,  900,  903,  909,  934, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   136750, 1440, 1536, 1688, 1936, 0,  900,  903,  909,  942, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   157000, 1440, 1544, 1696, 1952, 0,  900,  903,  909,  948, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   182750, 1440, 1488, 1520, 1600, 0,  900,  903,  909,  953, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1440x900@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   162000, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   175500, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@65Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   189000, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@70Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   202500, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   229500, 1600, 1664, 1856, 2160, 0, 1200, 1201, 1204, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   268250, 1600, 1648, 1680, 1760, 0, 1200, 1203, 1207, 1271, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1600x1200@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   119000, 1680, 1728, 1760, 1840, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1080, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   146250, 1680, 1784, 1960, 2240, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1089, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   187000, 1680, 1800, 1976, 2272, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1099, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   214750, 1680, 1808, 1984, 2288, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1105, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   245500, 1680, 1728, 1760, 1840, 0, 1050, 1053, 1059, 1112, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1680x1050@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   204750, 1792, 1920, 2120, 2448, 0, 1344, 1345, 1348, 1394, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1792x1344@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   261000, 1792, 1888, 2104, 2456, 0, 1344, 1345, 1348, 1417, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1792x1344@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   333250, 1792, 1840, 1872, 1952, 0, 1344, 1347, 1351, 1423, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1792x1344@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   218250, 1856, 1952, 2176, 2528, 0, 1392, 1393, 1396, 1439, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1856x1392@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   288000, 1856, 1984, 2208, 2560, 0, 1392, 1393, 1396, 1500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1856x1392@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   356500, 1856, 1904, 1936, 2016, 0, 1392, 1395, 1399, 1474, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1856x1392@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   154000, 1920, 1968, 2000, 2080, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1235, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   193250, 1920, 2056, 2256, 2592, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1245, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   245250, 1920, 2056, 2264, 2608, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1255, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   281250, 1920, 2064, 2272, 2624, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   317000, 1920, 1968, 2000, 2080, 0, 1200, 1203, 1209, 1271, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1200@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   234000, 1920, 2048, 2256, 2600, 0, 1440, 1441, 1444, 1500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1440@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   297000, 1920, 2064, 2288, 2640, 0, 1440, 1441, 1444, 1500, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1440@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   380500, 1920, 1968, 2000, 2080, 0, 1440, 1443, 1447, 1525, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 1920x1440@120Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   268500, 2560, 2608, 2640, 2720, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1646, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@60Hz RB */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   348500, 2560, 2752, 3032, 3504, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1658, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   443250, 2560, 2768, 3048, 3536, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1672, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@75Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   505250, 2560, 2768, 3048, 3536, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1682, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@85Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   552750, 2560, 2608, 2640, 2720, 0, 1600, 1603, 1609, 1694, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* 2560x1600@120Hz RB */
+};
+
+#define LEVEL_DMT 0
+#define LEVEL_GTF 1
+#define LEVEL_CVT 2
+
+static int
+MonitorStandardTimingLevel(xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    if (DDC->ver.revision >= 2) {
+	if (DDC->ver.revision >= 4 && CVT_SUPPORTED(DDC->features.msc)) {
+	    return LEVEL_CVT;
+	}
+	return LEVEL_GTF;
+    }
+    return LEVEL_DMT;
+}
+
+static int
+ModeRefresh(const DisplayModeRec *mode)
+{
+    return (int)(xf86ModeVRefresh(mode) + 0.5);
+}
+
+/*
+ * If rb is not set, then we'll not consider reduced-blanking modes as
+ * part of the DMT pool.  For the 'standard' EDID mode descriptor there's
+ * no way to specify whether the mode should be RB or not.
+ */
+DisplayModePtr
+FindDMTMode(int hsize, int vsize, int refresh, Bool rb)
+{
+    int i;
+    const DisplayModeRec *ret;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(DMTModes) / sizeof(DisplayModeRec); i++) {
+	ret = &DMTModes[i];
+
+	if (!rb && xf86ModeIsReduced(ret))
+	    continue;
+
+	if (ret->HDisplay == hsize &&
+	    ret->VDisplay == vsize &&
+	    refresh == ModeRefresh(ret))
+	    return xf86DuplicateMode(ret);
+    }
+
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Appendix B of the EDID 1.4 spec defines the right thing to do here.
+ * If the timing given here matches a mode defined in the VESA DMT standard,
+ * we _must_ use that.  If the device supports CVT modes, then we should
+ * generate a CVT timing.  If both of the above fail, use GTF.
+ *
+ * There are some wrinkles here.  EDID 1.1 and 1.0 sinks can't really
+ * "support" GTF, since it wasn't a standard yet; so if they ask for a
+ * timing in this section that isn't defined in DMT, returning a GTF mode
+ * may not actually be valid.  EDID 1.3 sinks often report support for
+ * some CVT modes, but they are not required to support CVT timings for
+ * modes in the standard timing descriptor, so we should _not_ treat them
+ * as CVT-compliant (unless specified in an extension block I suppose).
+ *
+ * EDID 1.4 requires that all sink devices support both GTF and CVT timings
+ * for modes in this section, but does say that CVT is preferred.
+ */
+static DisplayModePtr
+DDCModesFromStandardTiming(struct std_timings *timing, ddc_quirk_t quirks,
+			   int timing_level, Bool rb)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL, Mode = NULL;
+    int i, hsize, vsize, refresh;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < STD_TIMINGS; i++) {
+	hsize = timing[i].hsize;
+	vsize = timing[i].vsize;
+	refresh = timing[i].refresh;
+
+	/* HDTV hack, because you can't say 1366 */
+	if (refresh == 60 &&
+	    ((hsize == 1360 && vsize == 765) ||
+	     (hsize == 1368 && vsize == 769))) {
+	    Mode = xf86CVTMode(1366, 768, 60, FALSE, FALSE);
+	    Mode->HDisplay = 1366;
+	    Mode->HSyncStart--;
+	    Mode->HSyncEnd--;
+	} else if (hsize && vsize && refresh) {
+	    Mode = FindDMTMode(hsize, vsize, refresh, rb);
+
+	    if (!Mode) {
+		if (timing_level == LEVEL_CVT)
+		    /* pass rb here too? */
+		    Mode = xf86CVTMode(hsize, vsize, refresh, FALSE, FALSE);
+		else if (timing_level == LEVEL_GTF)
+		    Mode = xf86GTFMode(hsize, vsize, refresh, FALSE, FALSE);
+	    }
+
+	}
+
+	if (Mode) {
+	    Mode->type = M_T_DRIVER;
+	    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);
+	}
+	Mode = NULL;
+    }
+
+    return Modes;
+}
+
+static void
+DDCModeDoInterlaceQuirks(DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+    /*
+     * EDID is delightfully ambiguous about how interlaced modes are to be
+     * encoded.  X's internal representation is of frame height, but some
+     * HDTV detailed timings are encoded as field height.
+     *
+     * The format list here is from CEA, in frame size.  Technically we
+     * should be checking refresh rate too.  Whatever.
+     */
+    static const struct {
+	int w, h;
+    } cea_interlaced[] = {
+	{ 1920, 1080 },
+	{  720,  480 },
+	{ 1440,  480 },
+	{ 2880,  480 },
+	{  720,  576 },
+	{ 1440,  576 },
+	{ 2880,  576 },
+    };
+    static const int n_modes = sizeof(cea_interlaced)/sizeof(cea_interlaced[0]);
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < n_modes; i++) {
+	if ((mode->HDisplay == cea_interlaced[i].w) &&
+	    (mode->VDisplay == cea_interlaced[i].h / 2)) {
+	    mode->VDisplay *= 2;
+	    mode->VSyncStart *= 2;
+	    mode->VSyncEnd *= 2;
+	    mode->VTotal *= 2;
+	    mode->VTotal |= 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    mode->Flags |= V_INTERLACE;
+}
+
+/*
+ *
+ */
+static DisplayModePtr
+DDCModeFromDetailedTiming(int scrnIndex, struct detailed_timings *timing,
+			  Bool preferred, ddc_quirk_t quirks)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Mode;
+
+    /*
+     * Refuse to create modes that are insufficiently large.  64 is a random
+     * number, maybe the spec says something about what the minimum is.  In
+     * particular I see this frequently with _old_ EDID, 1.0 or so, so maybe
+     * our parser is just being too aggresive there.
+     */
+    if (timing->h_active < 64 || timing->v_active < 64) {
+	xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+		   "%s: Ignoring tiny %dx%d mode\n", __func__,
+		   timing->h_active, timing->v_active);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* We don't do stereo */
+    if (timing->stereo) {
+        xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+		   "%s: Ignoring: We don't handle stereo.\n", __func__);
+        return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* We only do seperate sync currently */
+    if (timing->sync != 0x03) {
+         xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+		    "%s: %dx%d Warning: We only handle separate"
+                    " sync.\n", __func__, timing->h_active, timing->v_active);
+    }
+
+    Mode = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(DisplayModeRec));
+
+    Mode->type = M_T_DRIVER;
+    if (preferred)
+	Mode->type |= M_T_PREFERRED;
+
+    if( ( quirks & DDC_QUIRK_135_CLOCK_TOO_HIGH ) &&
+	timing->clock == 135000000 )
+        Mode->Clock = 108880;
+    else
+        Mode->Clock = timing->clock / 1000.0;
+
+    Mode->HDisplay = timing->h_active;
+    Mode->HSyncStart = timing->h_active + timing->h_sync_off;
+    Mode->HSyncEnd = Mode->HSyncStart + timing->h_sync_width;
+    Mode->HTotal = timing->h_active + timing->h_blanking;
+
+    Mode->VDisplay = timing->v_active;
+    Mode->VSyncStart = timing->v_active + timing->v_sync_off;
+    Mode->VSyncEnd = Mode->VSyncStart + timing->v_sync_width;
+    Mode->VTotal = timing->v_active + timing->v_blanking;
+
+    /* perform basic check on the detail timing */
+    if (Mode->HSyncEnd > Mode->HTotal || Mode->VSyncEnd > Mode->VTotal) {
+	free(Mode);
+	return NULL;
+    }
+
+    /* We ignore h/v_size and h/v_border for now. */
+
+    if (timing->interlaced)
+	DDCModeDoInterlaceQuirks(Mode);
+
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_SYNC_PP)
+	Mode->Flags |= V_PVSYNC | V_PHSYNC;
+    else {
+	if (timing->misc & 0x02)
+	    Mode->Flags |= V_PVSYNC;
+	else
+	    Mode->Flags |= V_NVSYNC;
+
+	if (timing->misc & 0x01)
+	    Mode->Flags |= V_PHSYNC;
+	else
+	    Mode->Flags |= V_NHSYNC;
+    }
+
+    xf86SetModeDefaultName(Mode);
+
+    return Mode;
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+DDCModesFromCVT(int scrnIndex, struct cvt_timings *t)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr modes = NULL;
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+	if (t[i].height) {
+	    if (t[i].rates & 0x10)
+		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,
+			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 50, 0, 0));
+	    if (t[i].rates & 0x08)
+		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,
+			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 60, 0, 0));
+	    if (t[i].rates & 0x04)
+		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,
+			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 75, 0, 0));
+	    if (t[i].rates & 0x02)
+		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,
+			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 85, 0, 0));
+	    if (t[i].rates & 0x01)
+		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,
+			xf86CVTMode(t[i].width, t[i].height, 60, 1, 0));
+	} else break;
+    }
+
+    return modes;
+}
+
+static const struct {
+    short w;
+    short h;
+    short r;
+    short rb;
+} EstIIIModes[] = {
+    /* byte 6 */
+    { 640, 350, 85, 0 },
+    { 640, 400, 85, 0 },
+    { 720, 400, 85, 0 },
+    { 640, 480, 85, 0 },
+    { 848, 480, 60, 0 },
+    { 800, 600, 85, 0 },
+    { 1024, 768, 85, 0 },
+    { 1152, 864, 75, 0 },
+    /* byte 7 */
+    { 1280, 768, 60, 1 },
+    { 1280, 768, 60, 0 },
+    { 1280, 768, 75, 0 },
+    { 1280, 768, 85, 0 },
+    { 1280, 960, 60, 0 },
+    { 1280, 960, 85, 0 },
+    { 1280, 1024, 60, 0 },
+    { 1280, 1024, 85, 0 },
+    /* byte 8 */
+    { 1360, 768, 60, 0 },
+    { 1440, 900, 60, 1 },
+    { 1440, 900, 60, 0 },
+    { 1440, 900, 75, 0 },
+    { 1440, 900, 85, 0 },
+    { 1400, 1050, 60, 1 },
+    { 1400, 1050, 60, 0 },
+    { 1400, 1050, 75, 0 },
+    /* byte 9 */
+    { 1400, 1050, 85, 0 },
+    { 1680, 1050, 60, 1 },
+    { 1680, 1050, 60, 0 },
+    { 1680, 1050, 75, 0 },
+    { 1680, 1050, 85, 0 },
+    { 1600, 1200, 60, 0 },
+    { 1600, 1200, 65, 0 },
+    { 1600, 1200, 70, 0 },
+    /* byte 10 */
+    { 1600, 1200, 75, 0 },
+    { 1600, 1200, 85, 0 },
+    { 1792, 1344, 60, 0 },
+    { 1792, 1344, 85, 0 },
+    { 1856, 1392, 60, 0 },
+    { 1856, 1392, 75, 0 },
+    { 1920, 1200, 60, 1 },
+    { 1920, 1200, 60, 0 },
+    /* byte 11 */
+    { 1920, 1200, 75, 0 },
+    { 1920, 1200, 85, 0 },
+    { 1920, 1440, 60, 0 },
+    { 1920, 1440, 75, 0 },
+};
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+DDCModesFromEstIII(unsigned char *est)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr modes = NULL;
+    int i, j, m;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
+	for (j = 7; j > 0; j--) {
+	    if (est[i] & (1 << j)) {
+		m = (i * 8) + (7 - j);
+		modes = xf86ModesAdd(modes,
+				     FindDMTMode(EstIIIModes[m].w,
+						 EstIIIModes[m].h,
+						 EstIIIModes[m].r,
+						 EstIIIModes[m].rb));
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+    return modes;
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is only valid when the sink claims to be continuous-frequency
+ * but does not supply a detailed range descriptor.  Such sinks are
+ * arguably broken.  Currently the mode validation code isn't aware of
+ * this; the non-RANDR code even punts the decision of optional sync
+ * range checking to the driver.  Loss.
+ */
+static void
+DDCGuessRangesFromModes(int scrnIndex, MonPtr Monitor, DisplayModePtr Modes)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Mode = Modes;
+
+    if (!Monitor || !Modes)
+        return;
+
+    /* set up the ranges for scanning through the modes */
+    Monitor->nHsync = 1;
+    Monitor->hsync[0].lo = 1024.0;
+    Monitor->hsync[0].hi = 0.0;
+
+    Monitor->nVrefresh = 1;
+    Monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = 1024.0;
+    Monitor->vrefresh[0].hi = 0.0;
+
+    while (Mode) {
+        if (!Mode->HSync)
+            Mode->HSync = ((float) Mode->Clock ) / ((float) Mode->HTotal);
+
+        if (!Mode->VRefresh)
+            Mode->VRefresh = (1000.0 * ((float) Mode->Clock)) / 
+                ((float) (Mode->HTotal * Mode->VTotal));
+
+        if (Mode->HSync < Monitor->hsync[0].lo)
+            Monitor->hsync[0].lo = Mode->HSync;
+
+        if (Mode->HSync > Monitor->hsync[0].hi)
+            Monitor->hsync[0].hi = Mode->HSync;
+
+        if (Mode->VRefresh < Monitor->vrefresh[0].lo)
+            Monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = Mode->VRefresh;
+
+        if (Mode->VRefresh > Monitor->vrefresh[0].hi)
+            Monitor->vrefresh[0].hi = Mode->VRefresh;
+
+        Mode = Mode->next;
+    }
+}
+
+ddc_quirk_t
+xf86DDCDetectQuirks(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC, Bool verbose)
+{
+    ddc_quirk_t	quirks;
+    int i;
+
+    quirks = DDC_QUIRK_NONE;
+    for (i = 0; ddc_quirks[i].detect; i++) {
+	if (ddc_quirks[i].detect (scrnIndex, DDC)) {
+	    if (verbose) {
+		xf86DrvMsg (scrnIndex, X_INFO, "    EDID quirk: %s\n",
+			    ddc_quirks[i].description);
+	    }
+	    quirks |= ddc_quirks[i].quirk;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return quirks;
+}
+
+void xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
+                              ddc_quirk_t quirks,
+                              int hsize, int vsize)
+{
+    if (det_mon->type != DT)
+        return;
+
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_H_IN_CM)
+        det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size *= 10;
+
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_V_IN_CM)
+        det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size *= 10;
+
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DETAILED_USE_MAXIMUM_SIZE) {
+        det_mon->section.d_timings.h_size = 10 * hsize;
+        det_mon->section.d_timings.v_size = 10 * vsize;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Applies monitor-specific quirks to the decoded EDID information.
+ *
+ * Note that some quirks applying to the mode list are still implemented in
+ * xf86DDCGetModes.
+ */
+void
+xf86DDCApplyQuirks(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    ddc_quirk_t quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks (scrnIndex, DDC, FALSE);
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < DET_TIMINGS; i++) {
+        xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(DDC->det_mon + i, quirks,
+                                 DDC->features.hsize,
+                                 DDC->features.vsize);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Walks the modes list, finding the mode with the largest area which is
+ * closest to the target refresh rate, and marks it as the only preferred mode.
+*/
+static void
+xf86DDCSetPreferredRefresh(int scrnIndex, DisplayModePtr modes,
+			   float target_refresh)
+{
+	DisplayModePtr	mode, best = modes;
+
+	for (mode = modes; mode; mode = mode->next)
+	{
+	    mode->type &= ~M_T_PREFERRED;
+
+	    if (mode == best) continue;
+
+	    if (mode->HDisplay * mode->VDisplay >
+		best->HDisplay * best->VDisplay)
+	    {
+		best = mode;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    if (mode->HDisplay * mode->VDisplay ==
+		best->HDisplay * best->VDisplay)
+	    {
+		double	mode_refresh = xf86ModeVRefresh (mode);
+		double	best_refresh = xf86ModeVRefresh (best);
+		double	mode_dist = fabs(mode_refresh - target_refresh);
+		double	best_dist = fabs(best_refresh - target_refresh);
+
+		if (mode_dist < best_dist)
+		{
+		    best = mode;
+		    continue;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+	if (best)
+	    best->type |= M_T_PREFERRED;
+}
+
+#define CEA_VIDEO_MODES_NUM  64
+static const DisplayModeRec CEAVideoModes[CEA_VIDEO_MODES_NUM] = {
+    { MODEPREFIX,    25175,  640,  656,  752,  800, 0,  480,  490,  492,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 1:640x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 2:720x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 3:720x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1280, 1390, 1430, 1650, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 4: 1280x720@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 5:1920x1080i@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 6:1440x480i@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 7:1440x480i@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 8:1440x240@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 9:1440x240@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 10:2880x480i@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 11:2880x480i@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 12:2880x240@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2956, 3204, 3432, 0,  240,  244,  247,  262, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 13:2880x240@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1472, 1596, 1716, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 14:1440x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1472, 1596, 1716, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 15:1440x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 16:1920x1080@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 17:720x576@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 18:720x576@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1280, 1720, 1760, 1980, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 19: 1280x720@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 20:1920x1080i@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 21:1440x576i@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 22:1440x576i@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 23:1440x288@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    27000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 24:1440x288@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 25:2880x576i@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 26:2880x576i@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 27:2880x288@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 2880, 2928, 3180, 3456, 0,  288,  290,  293,  312, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 28:2880x288@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1592, 1728, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 29:1440x576@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1592, 1728, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 30:1440x576@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 31:1920x1080@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2558, 2602, 2750, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 32:1920x1080@24Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 33:1920x1080@25Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 34:1920x1080@30Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2944, 3192, 3432, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 35:2880x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2944, 3192, 3432, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 36:2880x480@60Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2928, 3184, 3456, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 37:2880x576@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 2880, 2928, 3184, 3456, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 38:2880x576@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    72000, 1920, 1952, 2120, 2304, 0, 1080, 1126, 1136, 1250, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 39:1920x1080i@50Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 40:1920x1080i@100Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1280, 1720, 1760, 1980, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 41:1280x720@100Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 42:720x576@100Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 43:720x576@100Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 44:1440x576i@100Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 45:1440x576i@100Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 46:1920x1080i@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   148500, 1280, 1390, 1430, 1650, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 47:1280x720@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 48:720x480@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 49:720x480@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 50:1440x480i@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    54000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 51:1440x480i@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 52:720x576@200Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  732,  796,  864, 0,  576,  581,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 53:720x576@200Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 54:1440x576i@200Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1464, 1590, 1728, 0,  576,  580,  586,  625, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 55:1440x576i@200Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 56:720x480@240Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000,  720,  736,  798,  858, 0,  480,  489,  495,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 57:720x480@240Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 58:1440x480i@240 */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   108000, 1440, 1478, 1602, 1716, 0,  480,  488,  494,  525, 0, V_NHSYNC | V_NVSYNC | V_INTERLACE, MODESUFFIX },/* VIC 59:1440x480i@240 */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    59400, 1280, 3040, 3080, 3300, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 60: 1280x720@24Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 3700, 3740, 1430, 3960, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 61: 1280x720@25Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,    74250, 1280, 3040, 3080, 3300, 0,  720,  725,  730,  750, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 62: 1280x720@30Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   297000, 1920, 2008, 2052, 2200, 0, 1080, 1084, 1089, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 63: 1920x1080@120Hz */
+    { MODEPREFIX,   297000, 1920, 2448, 2492, 2640, 0, 1080, 1084, 1094, 1125, 0, V_PHSYNC | V_PVSYNC, MODESUFFIX }, /* VIC 64:1920x1080@100Hz */
+};
+
+/* chose mode line by cea short video descriptor*/
+static void handle_cea_svd(struct cea_video_block *video, void *data)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Mode;
+    DisplayModePtr *Modes = (DisplayModePtr *) data;
+    int vid;
+
+    vid = video ->video_code & 0x7f;
+    if (vid < CEA_VIDEO_MODES_NUM) {
+	Mode = xf86DuplicateMode(CEAVideoModes + vid);
+	*Modes = xf86ModesAdd(*Modes, Mode);
+    }
+}
+
+static DisplayModePtr
+DDCModesFromCEAExtension(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr MonPtr)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL;
+
+    xf86ForEachVideoBlock(MonPtr,
+                          handle_cea_svd,
+                          &Modes);
+
+    return Modes;
+}
+
+struct det_modes_parameter {
+    xf86MonPtr DDC;
+    ddc_quirk_t quirks;
+    DisplayModePtr  Modes;
+    Bool rb;
+    Bool preferred;
+    int timing_level;
+};
+
+static void handle_detailed_modes(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
+	                          void *data)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr  Mode;
+    struct det_modes_parameter *p = (struct det_modes_parameter *)data;
+
+    xf86DetTimingApplyQuirks(det_mon,p->quirks,
+                             p->DDC->features.hsize,
+                             p->DDC->features.vsize);
+
+    switch (det_mon->type) {
+    case DT:
+        Mode = DDCModeFromDetailedTiming(p->DDC->scrnIndex,
+                                         &det_mon->section.d_timings,
+                                         p->preferred,
+                                         p->quirks);
+        p->preferred = FALSE;
+        p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);
+        break;
+    case DS_STD_TIMINGS:
+        Mode = DDCModesFromStandardTiming(det_mon->section.std_t,
+                                          p->quirks, p->timing_level,p->rb);
+        p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);
+        break;
+    case DS_CVT:
+        Mode = DDCModesFromCVT(p->DDC->scrnIndex, det_mon->section.cvt);
+        p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);
+        break;
+    case DS_EST_III:
+	Mode = DDCModesFromEstIII(det_mon->section.est_iii);
+	p->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(p->Modes, Mode);
+	break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+DisplayModePtr
+xf86DDCGetModes(int scrnIndex, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr  Modes = NULL, Mode;
+    ddc_quirk_t	    quirks;
+    Bool	    preferred, rb;
+    int		    timing_level;
+    struct det_modes_parameter p;
+
+    xf86DrvMsg (scrnIndex, X_INFO, "EDID vendor \"%s\", prod id %d\n",
+		DDC->vendor.name, DDC->vendor.prod_id);
+
+    quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks(scrnIndex, DDC, TRUE);
+
+    preferred = PREFERRED_TIMING_MODE(DDC->features.msc);
+    if (DDC->ver.revision >= 4)
+	preferred = TRUE;
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_FIRST_DETAILED_PREFERRED)
+	preferred = TRUE;
+    if (quirks & (DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_60 | DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_75))
+	preferred = FALSE;
+
+    rb = xf86MonitorSupportsReducedBlanking(DDC);
+
+    timing_level = MonitorStandardTimingLevel(DDC);
+
+    p.quirks = quirks;
+    p.DDC = DDC;
+    p.Modes = Modes;
+    p.rb = rb;
+    p.preferred = preferred;
+    p.timing_level = timing_level;
+    xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(DDC, handle_detailed_modes, &p);
+    Modes = p.Modes;
+
+    /* Add established timings */
+    Mode = DDCModesFromEstablished(scrnIndex, &DDC->timings1, quirks);
+    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);
+
+    /* Add standard timings */
+    Mode = DDCModesFromStandardTiming(DDC->timings2, quirks, timing_level, rb);
+    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);
+
+    /* Add cea-extension mode timings */
+    Mode = DDCModesFromCEAExtension(scrnIndex,DDC);
+    Modes = xf86ModesAdd(Modes, Mode);
+
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_60)
+	xf86DDCSetPreferredRefresh(scrnIndex, Modes, 60);
+
+    if (quirks & DDC_QUIRK_PREFER_LARGE_75)
+	xf86DDCSetPreferredRefresh(scrnIndex, Modes, 75);
+
+    Modes = xf86PruneDuplicateModes(Modes);
+
+    return Modes;
+}
+
+struct det_mon_parameter {
+    MonPtr Monitor;
+    ddc_quirk_t quirks;
+    Bool have_hsync;
+    Bool have_vrefresh;
+    Bool have_maxpixclock;
+};
+
+static void handle_detailed_monset(struct detailed_monitor_section *det_mon,
+                                   void *data)
+{
+    int clock;
+    struct det_mon_parameter *p = (struct det_mon_parameter *)data;
+    int scrnIndex = ((xf86MonPtr)(p->Monitor->DDC))->scrnIndex;
+
+    switch (det_mon->type) {
+    case DS_RANGES:
+        if (!p->have_hsync) {
+            if (!p->Monitor->nHsync)
+                xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+                    "Using EDID range info for horizontal sync\n");
+                p->Monitor->hsync[p->Monitor->nHsync].lo =
+                    det_mon->section.ranges.min_h;
+                p->Monitor->hsync[p->Monitor->nHsync].hi =
+                    det_mon->section.ranges.max_h;
+                p->Monitor->nHsync++;
+        } else {
+            xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+                "Using hsync ranges from config file\n");
+        }
+
+        if (!p->have_vrefresh) {
+            if (!p->Monitor->nVrefresh)
+                xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+                    "Using EDID range info for vertical refresh\n");
+            p->Monitor->vrefresh[p->Monitor->nVrefresh].lo =
+                det_mon->section.ranges.min_v;
+            p->Monitor->vrefresh[p->Monitor->nVrefresh].hi =
+                det_mon->section.ranges.max_v;
+            p->Monitor->nVrefresh++;
+        } else {
+            xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO,
+                "Using vrefresh ranges from config file\n");
+        }
+
+        clock = det_mon->section.ranges.max_clock * 1000;
+        if (p->quirks & DDC_QUIRK_DVI_SINGLE_LINK)
+            clock = min(clock, 165000);
+        if (!p->have_maxpixclock && clock > p->Monitor->maxPixClock)
+            p->Monitor->maxPixClock = clock;
+
+        break;
+    default:
+        break;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fill out MonPtr with xf86MonPtr information.
+ */
+void
+xf86EdidMonitorSet(int scrnIndex, MonPtr Monitor, xf86MonPtr DDC)
+{
+    DisplayModePtr Modes = NULL, Mode;
+    struct det_mon_parameter p;
+
+    if (!Monitor || !DDC)
+        return;
+
+    Monitor->DDC = DDC;
+
+    if (Monitor->widthmm <= 0 || Monitor->heightmm <= 0) {
+	Monitor->widthmm = 10 * DDC->features.hsize;
+	Monitor->heightmm = 10 * DDC->features.vsize;
+    }
+
+    Monitor->reducedblanking = xf86MonitorSupportsReducedBlanking(DDC);
+
+    Modes = xf86DDCGetModes(scrnIndex, DDC);
+
+    /* Go through the detailed monitor sections */
+    p.Monitor = Monitor;
+    p.quirks = xf86DDCDetectQuirks(scrnIndex, Monitor->DDC, FALSE);
+    p.have_hsync = (Monitor->nHsync != 0);
+    p.have_vrefresh = (Monitor->nVrefresh != 0);
+    p.have_maxpixclock = (Monitor->maxPixClock != 0);
+    xf86ForEachDetailedBlock(DDC, handle_detailed_monset, &p);
+
+    if (Modes) {
+        /* Print Modes */
+        xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "Printing DDC gathered Modelines:\n");
+
+        Mode = Modes;
+        while (Mode) {
+            xf86PrintModeline(scrnIndex, Mode);
+            Mode = Mode->next;
+        }
+
+        /* Do we still need ranges to be filled in? */
+        if (!Monitor->nHsync || !Monitor->nVrefresh)
+            DDCGuessRangesFromModes(scrnIndex, Monitor, Modes);
+
+        /* look for last Mode */
+        Mode = Modes;
+
+        while (Mode->next)
+            Mode = Mode->next;
+
+        /* add to MonPtr */
+        if (Monitor->Modes) {
+            Monitor->Last->next = Modes;
+            Modes->prev = Monitor->Last;
+            Monitor->Last = Mode;
+        } else {
+            Monitor->Modes = Modes;
+            Monitor->Last = Mode;
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am
index 6fe7b87c1..fb5d49e88 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am
@@ -1,51 +1,51 @@
-if INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG

-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libxf86config_internal.la

-lib_LIBRARIES = libxf86config.a

-LIBHEADERS = \

-	xf86Optrec.h \

-	xf86Parser.h

-else

-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libxf86config_internal.la

-endif

-

-INTERNAL_SOURCES= \

-	Device.c \

-	Files.c \

-	Flags.c \

-	Input.c \

-	InputClass.c \

-	Layout.c \

-	Module.c \

-	Video.c \

-	Monitor.c \

-	Pointer.c \

-	Screen.c \

-	Vendor.c \

-	read.c \

-	scan.c \

-	write.c \

-	DRI.c \

-	Extensions.c

-

-libxf86config_internal_la_SOURCES = \

-	$(INTERNAL_SOURCES)

-

-libxf86config_a_SOURCES = \

-	$(TOP_SRCDIR)/os/xprintf.c \

-	$(INTERNAL_SOURCES)

-libxf86config_a_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS)

-

-AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) $(XORG_CFLAGS) \

-	-DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \

-	-DDATADIR=\"$(datadir)\"

-

-EXTRA_DIST = \

-	Configint.h \

-	configProcs.h \

-	xf86Optrec.h \

-	xf86Parser.h \

-	xf86tokens.h

-

-sdk_HEADERS = \

-	xf86Parser.h \

-	xf86Optrec.h

+if INSTALL_LIBXF86CONFIG
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libxf86config_internal.la
+lib_LIBRARIES = libxf86config.a
+LIBHEADERS = \
+	xf86Optrec.h \
+	xf86Parser.h
+else
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libxf86config_internal.la
+endif
+
+INTERNAL_SOURCES= \
+	Device.c \
+	Files.c \
+	Flags.c \
+	Input.c \
+	InputClass.c \
+	Layout.c \
+	Module.c \
+	Video.c \
+	Monitor.c \
+	Pointer.c \
+	Screen.c \
+	Vendor.c \
+	read.c \
+	scan.c \
+	write.c \
+	DRI.c \
+	Extensions.c
+
+libxf86config_internal_la_SOURCES = \
+	$(INTERNAL_SOURCES)
+
+libxf86config_a_SOURCES = \
+	$(top_srcdir)/os/xprintf.c \
+	$(INTERNAL_SOURCES)
+libxf86config_a_CFLAGS = $(AM_CFLAGS)
+
+AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) $(XORG_CFLAGS) \
+	-DSYSCONFDIR=\"$(sysconfdir)\" \
+	-DDATADIR=\"$(datadir)\"
+
+EXTRA_DIST = \
+	Configint.h \
+	configProcs.h \
+	xf86Optrec.h \
+	xf86Parser.h \
+	xf86tokens.h
+
+sdk_HEADERS = \
+	xf86Parser.h \
+	xf86Optrec.h
diff --git a/xorg-server/os/xprintf.c b/xorg-server/os/xprintf.c
index 218c3c91f..254b7374a 100644
--- a/xorg-server/os/xprintf.c
+++ b/xorg-server/os/xprintf.c
@@ -1,226 +1,226 @@
-/**

- * @file

- *

- * @section DESCRIPTION

- *

- * These functions provide a portable implementation of the common (but not

- * yet universal) asprintf & vasprintf routines to allocate a buffer big

- * enough to sprintf the arguments to.  The XNF variants terminate the server

- * if the allocation fails.

- */

-/*

- * Copyright (c) 2004 Alexander Gottwald

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

- * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- *

- * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright

- * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale,

- * use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization.

- */

-/*

- * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.

- *

- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

- *

- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next

- * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the

- * Software.

- *

- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

- * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER

- * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING

- * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER

- * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H

-#include <dix-config.h>

-#endif

-

-#include <X11/Xos.h>

-#include "os.h"

-#include <stdarg.h>

-#include <stdio.h>

-

-#ifdef asprintf

-# undef asprintf

-#endif

-#ifdef vasprintf

-# undef vasprintf

-#endif

-

-#ifndef va_copy

-# ifdef __va_copy

-#  define va_copy __va_copy

-# else

-#  error "no working va_copy was found"

-# endif

-#endif

-

-/**

- * Varargs sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for

- * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.

- *

- * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written

- *                (contents undefined on error)

- * @param format  printf style format string

- * @param va      variable argument list

- * @return        size of allocated buffer, or -1 on error.

- */

-int

-Xvasprintf(char **ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, va_list va)

-{

-#ifdef HAVE_VASPRINTF

-    return vasprintf(ret, format, va);

-#else

-    int size;

-    va_list va2;

-

-    va_copy(va2, va);

-    size = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, va2);

-    va_end(va2);

-

-    *ret = malloc(size + 1);

-    if (*ret == NULL)

-        return -1;

-

-    vsnprintf(*ret, size + 1, format, va);

-    ret[size] = 0;

-    return size;

-#endif

-}

-

-#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF

-# define vasprintf Xvasprintf

-#endif

-

-/**

- * sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for

- * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.

- *

- * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written

- *                (contents undefined on error)

- * @param format  printf style format string

- * @param ...     arguments for specified format

- * @return        size of allocated buffer, or -1 on error.

- */

-int

-Xasprintf(char ** ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, ...)

-{

-    int size;

-    va_list va;

-    va_start(va, format);

-    size = vasprintf(ret, format, va);

-    va_end(va);

-    return size;

-}

-

-/**

- * Varargs sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for

- * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.

- * On failure, issues a FatalError message and aborts the server.

- *

- * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written

- *                (contents undefined on error)

- * @param format  printf style format string

- * @param va      variable argument list

- * @return        size of allocated buffer

- */

-int

-XNFvasprintf(char **ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, va_list va)

-{

-    int size = vasprintf(ret, format, va);

-    if ((size == -1) || (*ret == NULL)) {

-	Error("XNFvasprintf");

-	FatalError("XNFvasprintf failed");

-    }

-    return size;

-}

-

-/**

- * sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for

- * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.

- * On failure, issues a FatalError message and aborts the server.

- *

- * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written

- *                (contents undefined on error)

- * @param format  printf style format string

- * @param ...     arguments for specified format

- * @return        size of allocated buffer

- */

-int

-XNFasprintf(char ** ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, ...)

-{

-    int size;

-    va_list va;

-    va_start(va, format);

-    size = XNFvasprintf(ret, format, va);

-    va_end(va);

-    return size;

-}

-

-/* Old api, now deprecated, may be removed in the future */

-char *

-Xvprintf(const char *format, va_list va)

-{

-    char *ret;

-

-    if (vasprintf(&ret, format, va) == -1)

-	ret = NULL;

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-char *Xprintf(const char *format, ...)

-{

-    char *ret;

-    va_list va;

-    va_start(va, format);

-    if (vasprintf(&ret, format, va) == -1)

-	ret = NULL;

-    va_end(va);

-    return ret;

-}

-

-char *

-XNFvprintf(const char *format, va_list va)

-{

-    char *ret;

-

-    XNFvasprintf(&ret, format, va);

-

-    return ret;

-}

-

-char *XNFprintf(const char *format, ...)

-{

-    char *ret;

-    va_list va;

-    va_start(va, format);

-    XNFvasprintf(&ret, format, va);

-    va_end(va);

-    return ret;

-}

+/**
+ * @file
+ *
+ * @section DESCRIPTION
+ *
+ * These functions provide a portable implementation of the common (but not
+ * yet universal) asprintf & vasprintf routines to allocate a buffer big
+ * enough to sprintf the arguments to.  The XNF variants terminate the server
+ * if the allocation fails.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2004 Alexander Gottwald
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright
+ * holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale,
+ * use or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization.
+ */
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/Xos.h>
+#include "os.h"
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef asprintf
+# undef asprintf
+#endif
+#ifdef vasprintf
+# undef vasprintf
+#endif
+
+#ifndef va_copy
+# ifdef __va_copy
+#  define va_copy __va_copy
+# else
+#  error "no working va_copy was found"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Varargs sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for
+ * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.
+ *
+ * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written
+ *                (contents undefined on error)
+ * @param format  printf style format string
+ * @param va      variable argument list
+ * @return        size of allocated buffer, or -1 on error.
+ */
+int
+Xvasprintf(char **ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, va_list va)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+    return vasprintf(ret, format, va);
+#else
+    int size;
+    va_list va2;
+
+    va_copy(va2, va);
+    size = vsnprintf(NULL, 0, format, va2);
+    va_end(va2);
+
+    *ret = malloc(size + 1);
+    if (*ret == NULL)
+        return -1;
+
+    vsnprintf(*ret, size + 1, format, va);
+    (*ret)[size] = 0;
+    return size;
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifndef HAVE_VASPRINTF
+# define vasprintf Xvasprintf
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for
+ * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.
+ *
+ * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written
+ *                (contents undefined on error)
+ * @param format  printf style format string
+ * @param ...     arguments for specified format
+ * @return        size of allocated buffer, or -1 on error.
+ */
+int
+Xasprintf(char ** ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, ...)
+{
+    int size;
+    va_list va;
+    va_start(va, format);
+    size = vasprintf(ret, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+    return size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Varargs sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for
+ * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.
+ * On failure, issues a FatalError message and aborts the server.
+ *
+ * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written
+ *                (contents undefined on error)
+ * @param format  printf style format string
+ * @param va      variable argument list
+ * @return        size of allocated buffer
+ */
+int
+XNFvasprintf(char **ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, va_list va)
+{
+    int size = vasprintf(ret, format, va);
+    if ((size == -1) || (*ret == NULL)) {
+	Error("XNFvasprintf");
+	FatalError("XNFvasprintf failed");
+    }
+    return size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * sprintf that allocates a string buffer the right size for
+ * the pattern & data provided and prints the requested data to it.
+ * On failure, issues a FatalError message and aborts the server.
+ *
+ * @param ret     Pointer to which the newly allocated buffer is written
+ *                (contents undefined on error)
+ * @param format  printf style format string
+ * @param ...     arguments for specified format
+ * @return        size of allocated buffer
+ */
+int
+XNFasprintf(char ** ret, const char * _X_RESTRICT_KYWD format, ...)
+{
+    int size;
+    va_list va;
+    va_start(va, format);
+    size = XNFvasprintf(ret, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+    return size;
+}
+
+/* Old api, now deprecated, may be removed in the future */
+char *
+Xvprintf(const char *format, va_list va)
+{
+    char *ret;
+
+    if (vasprintf(&ret, format, va) == -1)
+	ret = NULL;
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+char *Xprintf(const char *format, ...)
+{
+    char *ret;
+    va_list va;
+    va_start(va, format);
+    if (vasprintf(&ret, format, va) == -1)
+	ret = NULL;
+    va_end(va);
+    return ret;
+}
+
+char *
+XNFvprintf(const char *format, va_list va)
+{
+    char *ret;
+
+    XNFvasprintf(&ret, format, va);
+
+    return ret;
+}
+
+char *XNFprintf(const char *format, ...)
+{
+    char *ret;
+    va_list va;
+    va_start(va, format);
+    XNFvasprintf(&ret, format, va);
+    va_end(va);
+    return ret;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c b/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c
index 318dfaa91..0efc62e87 100644
--- a/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c
+++ b/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c
@@ -1,1025 +1,1037 @@
-/*

- * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard

- *

- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and

- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or

- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

- * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations

- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as

- * is" without express or implied warranty.

- *

- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE

- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.

- */

-

-#include "randrstr.h"

-

-static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};

-

-static CARD16

-RR10CurrentSizeID (ScreenPtr pScreen);

-

-/*

- * Edit connection information block so that new clients

- * see the current screen size on connect

- */

-static void

-RREditConnectionInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    xConnSetup	    *connSetup;

-    char	    *vendor;

-    xPixmapFormat   *formats;

-    xWindowRoot	    *root;

-    xDepth	    *depth;

-    xVisualType	    *visual;

-    int		    screen = 0;

-    int		    d;

-

-    connSetup = (xConnSetup *) ConnectionInfo;

-    vendor = (char *) connSetup + sizeof (xConnSetup);

-    formats = (xPixmapFormat *) ((char *) vendor +

-				 connSetup->nbytesVendor +

-				 padlength[connSetup->nbytesVendor & 3]);

-    root = (xWindowRoot *) ((char *) formats +

-			    sizeof (xPixmapFormat) * screenInfo.numPixmapFormats);

-    while (screen != pScreen->myNum)

-    {

-	depth = (xDepth *) ((char *) root + 

-			    sizeof (xWindowRoot));

-	for (d = 0; d < root->nDepths; d++)

-	{

-	    visual = (xVisualType *) ((char *) depth +

-				      sizeof (xDepth));

-	    depth = (xDepth *) ((char *) visual +

-				depth->nVisuals * sizeof (xVisualType));

-	}

-	root = (xWindowRoot *) ((char *) depth);

-	screen++;

-    }

-    root->pixWidth = pScreen->width;

-    root->pixHeight = pScreen->height;

-    root->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;

-    root->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;

-}

-

-void

-RRSendConfigNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    WindowPtr	pWin = pScreen->root;

-    xEvent	event;

-

-    event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;

-    event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-    event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;

-    event.u.configureNotify.x = 0;

-    event.u.configureNotify.y = 0;

-

-    /* XXX xinerama stuff ? */

-    

-    event.u.configureNotify.width = pWin->drawable.width;

-    event.u.configureNotify.height = pWin->drawable.height;

-    event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = wBorderWidth (pWin);

-    event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;

-    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);

-}

-

-void

-RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    rrScrPriv (pScreen);

-    xRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent	se;

-    RRCrtcPtr	crtc = pScrPriv->numCrtcs ? pScrPriv->crtcs[0] : NULL;

-    WindowPtr	pRoot = pScreen->root;

-    

-    se.type = RRScreenChangeNotify + RREventBase;

-    se.rotation = (CARD8) (crtc ? crtc->rotation : RR_Rotate_0);

-    se.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;

-    se.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;

-    se.root =  pRoot->drawable.id;

-    se.window = pWin->drawable.id;

-    se.subpixelOrder = PictureGetSubpixelOrder (pScreen);

-

-    se.sizeID = RR10CurrentSizeID (pScreen);

-

-    if (se.rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270)) {

-	se.widthInPixels = pScreen->height;

-	se.heightInPixels = pScreen->width;

-	se.widthInMillimeters = pScreen->mmHeight;

-	se.heightInMillimeters = pScreen->mmWidth;

-    } else {

-	se.widthInPixels = pScreen->width;

-	se.heightInPixels = pScreen->height;

-	se.widthInMillimeters = pScreen->mmWidth;

-	se.heightInMillimeters = pScreen->mmHeight;

-    }

-

-    WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);

-}

-

-/*

- * Notify the extension that the screen size has been changed.

- * The driver is responsible for calling this whenever it has changed

- * the size of the screen

- */

-void

-RRScreenSizeNotify (ScreenPtr	pScreen)

-{

-    rrScrPriv(pScreen);

-    /*

-     * Deliver ConfigureNotify events when root changes

-     * pixel size

-     */

-    if (pScrPriv->width == pScreen->width &&

-	pScrPriv->height == pScreen->height &&

-	pScrPriv->mmWidth == pScreen->mmWidth &&

-	pScrPriv->mmHeight == pScreen->mmHeight)

-	return;

-    

-    pScrPriv->width = pScreen->width;

-    pScrPriv->height = pScreen->height;

-    pScrPriv->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;

-    pScrPriv->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;

-    pScrPriv->changed = TRUE;

-/*    pScrPriv->sizeChanged = TRUE; */

-

-    RRTellChanged (pScreen);

-    RRSendConfigNotify (pScreen);

-    RREditConnectionInfo (pScreen);

-    

-    RRPointerScreenConfigured (pScreen);

-    /*

-     * Fix pointer bounds and location

-     */

-    ScreenRestructured (pScreen);

-}

-

-/*

- * Request that the screen be resized

- */

-Bool

-RRScreenSizeSet (ScreenPtr  pScreen,

-		 CARD16	    width,

-		 CARD16	    height,

-		 CARD16	    pixWidth,

-		 CARD16	    pixHeight,

-		 CARD32	    mmWidth,

-		 CARD32	    mmHeight)

-{

-    rrScrPriv(pScreen);

-

-#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE

-    if (pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize)

-    {

-	return (*pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize) (pScreen,

-					     width, height,

-					     pixWidth, pixHeight,

-					     mmWidth, mmHeight);

-    }

-#endif

-#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE

-    if (pScrPriv->rrSetConfig)

-    {

-	return TRUE;	/* can't set size separately */

-    }

-#endif

-    return FALSE;

-}

-

-/*

- * Compute an RRScreenConfig from the current screen information

- */

-void

-RRScreenCurrentConfig(ScreenPtr screen,

-		      RRScreenConfigPtr screen_config)

-{

-    PixmapPtr		screen_pixmap = screen->GetScreenPixmap(screen);

-    WindowPtr		root = screen->root;

-

-    screen_config->screen_pixmap_width = screen_pixmap->drawable.width;

-    screen_config->screen_pixmap_height = screen_pixmap->drawable.height;

-    screen_config->screen_width = root->drawable.width;

-    screen_config->screen_height = root->drawable.height;

-    screen_config->mm_width = screen->mmWidth;

-    screen_config->mm_height = screen->mmHeight;

-}

-

-/*

- * Retrieve valid screen size range

- */

-int

-ProcRRGetScreenSizeRange (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xRRGetScreenSizeRangeReq);

-    xRRGetScreenSizeRangeReply	rep;

-    WindowPtr			pWin;

-    ScreenPtr			pScreen;

-    rrScrPrivPtr		pScrPriv;

-    int				rc;

-    

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetScreenInfoReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);

-    

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    rep.pad = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-    rep.length = 0;

-    

-    if (pScrPriv) 

-    {

-	if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, FALSE))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	rep.minWidth  = pScrPriv->minWidth;

-	rep.minHeight = pScrPriv->minHeight;

-	rep.maxWidth  = pScrPriv->maxWidth;

-	rep.maxHeight = pScrPriv->maxHeight;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	rep.maxWidth  = rep.minWidth  = pScreen->width;

-	rep.maxHeight = rep.minHeight = pScreen->height;

-    }

-    if (client->swapped) 

-    {

-	int n;

-	

-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-    	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swaps(&rep.minWidth, n);

-	swaps(&rep.minHeight, n);

-	swaps(&rep.maxWidth, n);

-	swaps(&rep.maxHeight, n);

-    }

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetScreenSizeRangeReply), (char *)&rep);

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcRRSetScreenSize (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xRRSetScreenSizeReq);

-    WindowPtr		pWin;

-    ScreenPtr		pScreen;

-    rrScrPrivPtr	pScrPriv;

-    int			i, rc;

-    

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRSetScreenSizeReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);

-    if (stuff->width < pScrPriv->minWidth || pScrPriv->maxWidth < stuff->width)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->width;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (stuff->height < pScrPriv->minHeight || 

-	pScrPriv->maxHeight < stuff->height)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->height;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++) 

-    {

-	RRCrtcPtr   crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];

-	RRModePtr   mode = crtc->mode;

-	if (mode)

-	{

-	    int		source_width = mode->mode.width;

-	    int		source_height = mode->mode.height;

-	    Rotation	rotation = crtc->rotation;

-

-	    if (rotation == RR_Rotate_90 || rotation == RR_Rotate_270)

-	    {

-		source_width = mode->mode.height;

-		source_height = mode->mode.width;

-	    }

-	    

-	    if (crtc->x + source_width > stuff->width ||

-		crtc->y + source_height > stuff->height)

-	    return BadMatch;

-	}

-    }

-    if (stuff->widthInMillimeters == 0 || stuff->heightInMillimeters == 0)

-    {

-	client->errorValue = 0;

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    if (!RRScreenSizeSet (pScreen, 

-			  stuff->width, stuff->height,

-			  stuff->width, stuff->height,

-			  stuff->widthInMillimeters,

-			  stuff->heightInMillimeters))

-    {

-	return BadMatch;

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static int

-rrGetScreenResources(ClientPtr client, Bool query)

-{

-    REQUEST(xRRGetScreenResourcesReq);

-    xRRGetScreenResourcesReply  rep;

-    WindowPtr			pWin;

-    ScreenPtr			pScreen;

-    rrScrPrivPtr		pScrPriv;

-    CARD8			*extra;

-    unsigned long		extraLen;

-    int				i, n, rc, has_primary = 0;

-    RRCrtc			*crtcs;

-    RROutput			*outputs;

-    xRRModeInfo			*modeinfos;

-    CARD8			*names;

-    

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetScreenResourcesReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-    

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);

-    rep.pad = 0;

-    

-    if (query && pScrPriv)

-	if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, query))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-

-    if (!pScrPriv)

-    {

-	rep.type = X_Reply;

-	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	rep.length = 0;

-	rep.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.configTimestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.nCrtcs = 0;

-	rep.nOutputs = 0;

-	rep.nModes = 0;

-	rep.nbytesNames = 0;

-	extra = NULL;

-	extraLen = 0;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	RRModePtr   *modes;

-	int	    num_modes;

-

-	modes = RRModesForScreen (pScreen, &num_modes);

-	if (!modes)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	

-	rep.type = X_Reply;

-	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	rep.length = 0;

-	rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.nCrtcs = pScrPriv->numCrtcs;

-	rep.nOutputs = pScrPriv->numOutputs;

-	rep.nModes = num_modes;

-	rep.nbytesNames = 0;

-

-	for (i = 0; i < num_modes; i++)

-	    rep.nbytesNames += modes[i]->mode.nameLength;

-

-	rep.length = (pScrPriv->numCrtcs + 

-		      pScrPriv->numOutputs + 

-		      num_modes * bytes_to_int32(SIZEOF(xRRModeInfo)) +

-		      bytes_to_int32(rep.nbytesNames));

-	

-	extraLen = rep.length << 2;

-	if (extraLen)

-	{

-	    extra = malloc(extraLen);

-	    if (!extra)

-	    {

-		free(modes);

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    }

-	}

-	else

-	    extra = NULL;

-

-	crtcs = (RRCrtc *) extra;

-	outputs = (RROutput *) (crtcs + pScrPriv->numCrtcs);

-	modeinfos = (xRRModeInfo *) (outputs + pScrPriv->numOutputs);

-	names = (CARD8 *) (modeinfos + num_modes);

-

-	if (pScrPriv->primaryOutput && pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc)

-	{

-	    has_primary = 1;

-	    crtcs[0] = pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc->id;

-	    if (client->swapped)

-		swapl (&crtcs[0], n);

-	}

-	

-	for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)

-	{

-	    if (has_primary &&

-		pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc == pScrPriv->crtcs[i])

-	    {

-		has_primary = 0;

-		continue;

-	    }

-	    crtcs[i + has_primary] = pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->id;

-	    if (client->swapped)

-		swapl (&crtcs[i + has_primary], n);

-	}

-	

-	for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)

-	{

-	    outputs[i] = pScrPriv->outputs[i]->id;

-	    if (client->swapped)

-		swapl (&outputs[i], n);

-	}

-	

-	for (i = 0; i < num_modes; i++)

-	{

-	    RRModePtr	mode = modes[i];

-	    modeinfos[i] = mode->mode;

-	    if (client->swapped)

-	    {

-		swapl (&modeinfos[i].id, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].width, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].height, n);

-		swapl (&modeinfos[i].dotClock, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hSyncStart, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hSyncEnd, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hTotal, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hSkew, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].vSyncStart, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].vSyncEnd, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].vTotal, n);

-		swaps (&modeinfos[i].nameLength, n);

-		swapl (&modeinfos[i].modeFlags, n);

-	    }

-	    memcpy (names, mode->name, 

-		    mode->mode.nameLength);

-	    names += mode->mode.nameLength;

-	}

-        free(modes);

-	assert (bytes_to_int32((char *) names - (char *) extra) == rep.length);

-    }

-    

-    if (client->swapped) {

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swapl(&rep.timestamp, n);

-	swapl(&rep.configTimestamp, n);

-	swaps(&rep.nCrtcs, n);

-	swaps(&rep.nOutputs, n);

-	swaps(&rep.nModes, n);

-	swaps(&rep.nbytesNames, n);

-    }

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetScreenResourcesReply), (char *)&rep);

-    if (extraLen)

-    {

-	WriteToClient (client, extraLen, (char *) extra);

-	free(extra);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcRRGetScreenResources (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    return rrGetScreenResources(client, TRUE);

-}

-    

-int

-ProcRRGetScreenResourcesCurrent (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    return rrGetScreenResources(client, FALSE);

-}

-

-typedef struct _RR10Data {

-    RRScreenSizePtr sizes;

-    int		    nsize;

-    int		    nrefresh;

-    int		    size;

-    CARD16	    refresh;

-} RR10DataRec, *RR10DataPtr;

-

-/*

- * Convert 1.2 monitor data into 1.0 screen data

- */

-static RR10DataPtr

-RR10GetData (ScreenPtr pScreen, RROutputPtr output)

-{

-    RR10DataPtr	    data;

-    RRScreenSizePtr size;

-    int		    nmode = output->numModes + output->numUserModes;

-    int		    o, os, l, r;

-    RRScreenRatePtr refresh;

-    CARD16	    vRefresh;

-    RRModePtr	    mode;

-    Bool	    *used;

-

-    /* Make sure there is plenty of space for any combination */

-    data = malloc (sizeof (RR10DataRec) + 

-		   sizeof (RRScreenSize) * nmode + 

-		   sizeof (RRScreenRate) * nmode +

-		   sizeof (Bool) * nmode);

-    if (!data)

-	return NULL;

-    size = (RRScreenSizePtr) (data + 1);

-    refresh = (RRScreenRatePtr) (size + nmode);

-    used = (Bool *) (refresh + nmode);

-    memset (used, '\0', sizeof (Bool) * nmode);

-    data->sizes = size;

-    data->nsize = 0;

-    data->nrefresh = 0;

-    data->size = 0;

-    data->refresh = 0;

-    

-    /*

-     * find modes not yet listed

-     */

-    for (o = 0; o < output->numModes + output->numUserModes; o++)

-    {

-	if (used[o]) continue;

-	

-	if (o < output->numModes)

-	    mode = output->modes[o];

-	else

-	    mode = output->userModes[o - output->numModes];

-	

-	l = data->nsize;

-	size[l].id = data->nsize;

-	size[l].width = mode->mode.width;

-	size[l].height = mode->mode.height;

-	if (output->mmWidth && output->mmHeight) {

-	    size[l].mmWidth = output->mmWidth;

-	    size[l].mmHeight = output->mmHeight;

-	} else {

-	    size[l].mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;

-	    size[l].mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;

-	}

-	size[l].nRates = 0;

-	size[l].pRates = &refresh[data->nrefresh];

-	data->nsize++;

-	

-	/*

-	 * Find all modes with matching size

-	 */

-	for (os = o; os < output->numModes + output->numUserModes; os++)

-	{

-	    if (os < output->numModes)

-		mode = output->modes[os];

-	    else

-		mode = output->userModes[os - output->numModes];

-	    if (mode->mode.width == size[l].width &&

-		mode->mode.height == size[l].height)

-	    {

-		vRefresh = RRVerticalRefresh (&mode->mode);

-		used[os] = TRUE;

-		

-		for (r = 0; r < size[l].nRates; r++)

-		    if (vRefresh == size[l].pRates[r].rate)

-			break;

-		if (r == size[l].nRates)

-		{

-		    size[l].pRates[r].rate = vRefresh;

-		    size[l].pRates[r].mode = mode;

-		    size[l].nRates++;

-		    data->nrefresh++;

-		}

-		if (mode == output->crtc->mode)

-		{

-		    data->size = l;

-		    data->refresh = vRefresh;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-    }

-    return data;

-}

-

-int

-ProcRRGetScreenInfo (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xRRGetScreenInfoReq);

-    xRRGetScreenInfoReply   rep;

-    WindowPtr	    	    pWin;

-    int			    n, rc;

-    ScreenPtr		    pScreen;

-    rrScrPrivPtr	    pScrPriv;

-    CARD8		    *extra;

-    unsigned long	    extraLen;

-    RROutputPtr		    output;

-

-    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetScreenInfoReq);

-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);

-    if (rc != Success)

-	return rc;

-

-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

-    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);

-    rep.pad = 0;

-    

-    if (pScrPriv)

-	if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, TRUE))

-	    return BadAlloc;

-

-    output = RRFirstOutput (pScreen);

-    

-    if (!pScrPriv || !output)

-    {

-	rep.type = X_Reply;

-	rep.setOfRotations = RR_Rotate_0;

-	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	rep.length = 0;

-	rep.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-	rep.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.configTimestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.nSizes = 0;

-	rep.sizeID = 0;

-	rep.rotation = RR_Rotate_0;

-	rep.rate = 0;

-	rep.nrateEnts = 0;

-	extra = 0;

-	extraLen = 0;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	int			i, j;

-	xScreenSizes		*size;

-	CARD16			*rates;

-	CARD8			*data8;

-	Bool			has_rate = RRClientKnowsRates (client);

-	RR10DataPtr		pData;

-	RRScreenSizePtr		pSize;

-    

-	pData = RR10GetData (pScreen, output);

-	if (!pData)

-	    return BadAlloc;

-	

-	rep.type = X_Reply;

-	rep.setOfRotations = output->crtc->rotations;

-	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-	rep.length = 0;

-	rep.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-	rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;

-	rep.rotation = output->crtc->rotation;

-	rep.nSizes = pData->nsize;

-        rep.nrateEnts = pData->nrefresh + pData->nsize;

-	rep.sizeID = pData->size;

-	rep.rate = pData->refresh;

-

-	extraLen = rep.nSizes * sizeof (xScreenSizes);

-	if (has_rate)

-		extraLen += rep.nrateEnts * sizeof (CARD16);

-

-	if (extraLen)

-	{

-	    extra = (CARD8 *) malloc(extraLen);

-	    if (!extra)

-	    {

-		free(pData);

-		return BadAlloc;

-	    }

-	}

-	else

-	    extra = NULL;

-

-	/*

-	 * First comes the size information

-	 */

-	size = (xScreenSizes *) extra;

-	rates = (CARD16 *) (size + rep.nSizes);

-	for (i = 0; i < pData->nsize; i++)

-	{

-	    pSize = &pData->sizes[i];

-	    size->widthInPixels = pSize->width;

-	    size->heightInPixels = pSize->height;

-	    size->widthInMillimeters = pSize->mmWidth;

-	    size->heightInMillimeters = pSize->mmHeight;

-	    if (client->swapped)

-	    {

-	        swaps (&size->widthInPixels, n);

-	        swaps (&size->heightInPixels, n);

-	        swaps (&size->widthInMillimeters, n);

-	        swaps (&size->heightInMillimeters, n);

-	    }

-	    size++;

-	    if (has_rate)

-	    {

-		*rates = pSize->nRates;

-		if (client->swapped)

-		{

-		    swaps (rates, n);

-		}

-		rates++;

-		for (j = 0; j < pSize->nRates; j++)

-		{

-		    *rates = pSize->pRates[j].rate;

-		    if (client->swapped)

-		    {

-			swaps (rates, n);

-		    }

-		    rates++;

-		}

-	    }

-	}

-        free(pData);

-	

-	data8 = (CARD8 *) rates;

-

-	if (data8 - (CARD8 *) extra != extraLen)

-	    FatalError ("RRGetScreenInfo bad extra len %ld != %ld\n",

-			(unsigned long)(data8 - (CARD8 *) extra), extraLen);

-	rep.length =  bytes_to_int32(extraLen);

-    }

-    if (client->swapped) {

-	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swapl(&rep.timestamp, n);

-	swaps(&rep.rotation, n);

-	swaps(&rep.nSizes, n);

-	swaps(&rep.sizeID, n);

-	swaps(&rep.rate, n);

-	swaps(&rep.nrateEnts, n);

-    }

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetScreenInfoReply), (char *)&rep);

-    if (extraLen)

-    {

-	WriteToClient (client, extraLen, (char *) extra);

-	free(extra);

-    }

-    return Success;

-}

-

-int

-ProcRRSetScreenConfig (ClientPtr client)

-{

-    REQUEST(xRRSetScreenConfigReq);

-    xRRSetScreenConfigReply rep;

-    DrawablePtr		    pDraw;

-    int			    n, rc;

-    ScreenPtr		    pScreen;

-    rrScrPrivPtr	    pScrPriv;

-    TimeStamp		    time;

-    int			    i;

-    Rotation		    rotation;

-    int			    rate;

-    Bool		    has_rate;

-    RROutputPtr		    output;

-    RRCrtcPtr		    crtc;

-    RRModePtr		    mode;

-    RR10DataPtr		    pData = NULL;

-    RRScreenSizePtr    	    pSize;

-    int			    width, height;

-    

-    UpdateCurrentTime ();

-

-    if (RRClientKnowsRates (client))

-    {

-	REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRRSetScreenConfigReq);

-	has_rate = TRUE;

-    }

-    else

-    {

-	REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRR1_0SetScreenConfigReq);

-	has_rate = FALSE;

-    }

-    

-    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);

-    if (rc != Success) {

-	client->errorValue = stuff->drawable;

-	return rc;

-    }

-

-    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;

-

-    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);

-    

-    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->timestamp);

-    

-    if (!pScrPriv)

-    {

-	time = currentTime;

-	rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;

-	goto sendReply;

-    }

-    if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, FALSE))

-	return BadAlloc;

-    

-    output = RRFirstOutput (pScreen);

-    if (!output)

-    {

-	time = currentTime;

-	rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;

-	goto sendReply;

-    }

-

-    crtc = output->crtc;

-

-    /*

-     * If the client's config timestamp is not the same as the last config

-     * timestamp, then the config information isn't up-to-date and

-     * can't even be validated.

-     *

-     * Note that the client only knows about the milliseconds part of the

-     * timestamp, so using CompareTimeStamps here would cause randr to suddenly

-     * stop working after several hours have passed (freedesktop bug #6502).

-     */

-    if (stuff->configTimestamp != pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds)

-    {

-	rep.status = RRSetConfigInvalidConfigTime;

-	goto sendReply;

-    }

-    

-    pData = RR10GetData (pScreen, output);

-    if (!pData)

-	return BadAlloc;

-    

-    if (stuff->sizeID >= pData->nsize)

-    {

-	/*

-	 * Invalid size ID

-	 */

-	client->errorValue = stuff->sizeID;

-	free(pData);

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-    pSize = &pData->sizes[stuff->sizeID];

-    

-    /*

-     * Validate requested rotation

-     */

-    rotation = (Rotation) stuff->rotation;

-

-    /* test the rotation bits only! */

-    switch (rotation & 0xf) {

-    case RR_Rotate_0:

-    case RR_Rotate_90:

-    case RR_Rotate_180:

-    case RR_Rotate_270:

-	break;

-    default:

-	/*

-	 * Invalid rotation

-	 */

-	client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;

-	free(pData);

-	return BadValue;

-    }

-

-    if ((~crtc->rotations) & rotation)

-    {

-	/*

-	 * requested rotation or reflection not supported by screen

-	 */

-	client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;

-	free(pData);

-	return BadMatch;

-    }

-

-    /*

-     * Validate requested refresh

-     */

-    if (has_rate)

-	rate = (int) stuff->rate;

-    else

-	rate = 0;

-

-    if (rate)

-    {

-	for (i = 0; i < pSize->nRates; i++)

-	{

-	    if (pSize->pRates[i].rate == rate)

-		break;

-	}

-	if (i == pSize->nRates)

-	{

-	    /*

-	     * Invalid rate

-	     */

-	    client->errorValue = rate;

-	    free(pData);

-	    return BadValue;

-	}

-	mode = pSize->pRates[i].mode;

-    }

-    else

-	mode = pSize->pRates[0].mode;

-    

-    /*

-     * Make sure the requested set-time is not older than

-     * the last set-time

-     */

-    if (CompareTimeStamps (time, pScrPriv->lastSetTime) < 0)

-    {

-	rep.status = RRSetConfigInvalidTime;

-	goto sendReply;

-    }

-

-    /*

-     * If the screen size is changing, adjust all of the other outputs

-     * to fit the new size, mirroring as much as possible

-     */

-    width = mode->mode.width;

-    height = mode->mode.height;

-    if (rotation & (RR_Rotate_90|RR_Rotate_270))

-    {

-	width = mode->mode.height;

-	height = mode->mode.width;

-    }

-    if (width != pScreen->width || height != pScreen->height)

-    {

-	int	c;

-

-	for (c = 0; c < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; c++)

-	{

-	    if (!RRCrtcSet (pScrPriv->crtcs[c], NULL, 0, 0, RR_Rotate_0,

-			    0, NULL, NULL))

-	    {

-		rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;

-		/* XXX recover from failure */

-		goto sendReply;

-	    }

-	}

-	if (!RRScreenSizeSet (pScreen, width, height, width, height,

-			      pScreen->mmWidth, pScreen->mmHeight))

-	{

-	    rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;

-	    /* XXX recover from failure */

-	    goto sendReply;

-	}

-    }

-

-    if (!RRCrtcSet (crtc, mode, 0, 0, stuff->rotation, 1, &output, NULL))

-	rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;

-    else {

-	pScrPriv->lastSetTime = time;

-	rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;

-    }

-

-    /*

-     * XXX Configure other crtcs to mirror as much as possible

-     */

-    

-sendReply:

-    

-    free(pData);

-

-    rep.type = X_Reply;

-    /* rep.status has already been filled in */

-    rep.length = 0;

-    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;

-

-    rep.newTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;

-    rep.newConfigTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;

-    rep.root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;

-

-    if (client->swapped) 

-    {

-    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);

-    	swapl(&rep.length, n);

-	swapl(&rep.newTimestamp, n);

-	swapl(&rep.newConfigTimestamp, n);

-	swapl(&rep.root, n);

-    }

-    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRSetScreenConfigReply), (char *)&rep);

-

-    return Success;

-}

-

-static CARD16

-RR10CurrentSizeID (ScreenPtr pScreen)

-{

-    CARD16	sizeID = 0xffff;

-    RROutputPtr output = RRFirstOutput (pScreen);

-    

-    if (output)

-    {

-	RR10DataPtr data = RR10GetData (pScreen, output);

-	if (data)

-	{

-	    int i;

-	    for (i = 0; i < data->nsize; i++)

-		if (data->sizes[i].width == pScreen->width &&

-		    data->sizes[i].height == pScreen->height)

-		{

-		    sizeID = (CARD16) i;

-		    break;

-		}

-	    free(data);

-	}

-    }

-    return sizeID;

-}

+/*
+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#include "randrstr.h"
+
+static const int padlength[4] = {0, 3, 2, 1};
+
+static CARD16
+RR10CurrentSizeID (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Edit connection information block so that new clients
+ * see the current screen size on connect
+ */
+static void
+RREditConnectionInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    xConnSetup	    *connSetup;
+    char	    *vendor;
+    xPixmapFormat   *formats;
+    xWindowRoot	    *root;
+    xDepth	    *depth;
+    xVisualType	    *visual;
+    int		    screen = 0;
+    int		    d;
+
+    connSetup = (xConnSetup *) ConnectionInfo;
+    vendor = (char *) connSetup + sizeof (xConnSetup);
+    formats = (xPixmapFormat *) ((char *) vendor +
+				 connSetup->nbytesVendor +
+				 padlength[connSetup->nbytesVendor & 3]);
+    root = (xWindowRoot *) ((char *) formats +
+			    sizeof (xPixmapFormat) * screenInfo.numPixmapFormats);
+    while (screen != pScreen->myNum)
+    {
+	depth = (xDepth *) ((char *) root + 
+			    sizeof (xWindowRoot));
+	for (d = 0; d < root->nDepths; d++)
+	{
+	    visual = (xVisualType *) ((char *) depth +
+				      sizeof (xDepth));
+	    depth = (xDepth *) ((char *) visual +
+				depth->nVisuals * sizeof (xVisualType));
+	}
+	root = (xWindowRoot *) ((char *) depth);
+	screen++;
+    }
+    root->pixWidth = pScreen->width;
+    root->pixHeight = pScreen->height;
+    root->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+    root->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+}
+
+void
+RRSendConfigNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    WindowPtr	pWin = pScreen->root;
+    xEvent	event;
+
+    event.u.u.type = ConfigureNotify;
+    event.u.configureNotify.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+    event.u.configureNotify.aboveSibling = None;
+    event.u.configureNotify.x = 0;
+    event.u.configureNotify.y = 0;
+
+    /* XXX xinerama stuff ? */
+    
+    event.u.configureNotify.width = pWin->drawable.width;
+    event.u.configureNotify.height = pWin->drawable.height;
+    event.u.configureNotify.borderWidth = wBorderWidth (pWin);
+    event.u.configureNotify.override = pWin->overrideRedirect;
+    DeliverEvents(pWin, &event, 1, NullWindow);
+}
+
+void
+RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    rrScrPriv (pScreen);
+    xRRScreenChangeNotifyEvent	se;
+    RRCrtcPtr	crtc = pScrPriv->numCrtcs ? pScrPriv->crtcs[0] : NULL;
+    WindowPtr	pRoot = pScreen->root;
+    
+    se.type = RRScreenChangeNotify + RREventBase;
+    se.rotation = (CARD8) (crtc ? crtc->rotation : RR_Rotate_0);
+    se.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+    se.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;
+    se.root =  pRoot->drawable.id;
+    se.window = pWin->drawable.id;
+    se.subpixelOrder = PictureGetSubpixelOrder (pScreen);
+
+    se.sizeID = RR10CurrentSizeID (pScreen);
+
+    if (se.rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270)) {
+	se.widthInPixels = pScreen->height;
+	se.heightInPixels = pScreen->width;
+	se.widthInMillimeters = pScreen->mmHeight;
+	se.heightInMillimeters = pScreen->mmWidth;
+    } else {
+	se.widthInPixels = pScreen->width;
+	se.heightInPixels = pScreen->height;
+	se.widthInMillimeters = pScreen->mmWidth;
+	se.heightInMillimeters = pScreen->mmHeight;
+    }
+
+    WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the screen size has been changed.
+ * The driver is responsible for calling this whenever it has changed
+ * the size of the screen
+ */
+void
+RRScreenSizeNotify (ScreenPtr	pScreen)
+{
+    rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+    /*
+     * Deliver ConfigureNotify events when root changes
+     * pixel size
+     */
+    if (pScrPriv->width == pScreen->width &&
+	pScrPriv->height == pScreen->height &&
+	pScrPriv->mmWidth == pScreen->mmWidth &&
+	pScrPriv->mmHeight == pScreen->mmHeight)
+	return;
+    
+    pScrPriv->width = pScreen->width;
+    pScrPriv->height = pScreen->height;
+    pScrPriv->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+    pScrPriv->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+    pScrPriv->changed = TRUE;
+/*    pScrPriv->sizeChanged = TRUE; */
+
+    RRTellChanged (pScreen);
+    RRSendConfigNotify (pScreen);
+    RREditConnectionInfo (pScreen);
+    
+    RRPointerScreenConfigured (pScreen);
+    /*
+     * Fix pointer bounds and location
+     */
+    ScreenRestructured (pScreen);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Request that the screen be resized
+ */
+Bool
+RRScreenSizeSet (ScreenPtr  pScreen,
+		 CARD16	    width,
+		 CARD16	    height,
+		 CARD16	    pixWidth,
+		 CARD16	    pixHeight,
+		 CARD32	    mmWidth,
+		 CARD32	    mmHeight)
+{
+    rrScrPriv(pScreen);
+
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+    if (pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize)
+    {
+	return (*pScrPriv->rrScreenSetSize) (pScreen,
+					     width, height,
+					     pixWidth, pixHeight,
+					     mmWidth, mmHeight);
+    }
+#endif
+#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+    if (pScrPriv->rrSetConfig)
+    {
+	return TRUE;	/* can't set size separately */
+    }
+#endif
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Compute an RRScreenConfig from the current screen information
+ */
+void
+RRScreenCurrentConfig(ScreenPtr screen,
+		      RRScreenConfigPtr screen_config)
+{
+    PixmapPtr		screen_pixmap = screen->GetScreenPixmap(screen);
+    WindowPtr		root = screen->root;
+
+    screen_config->screen_pixmap_width = screen_pixmap->drawable.width;
+    screen_config->screen_pixmap_height = screen_pixmap->drawable.height;
+    screen_config->screen_width = root->drawable.width;
+    screen_config->screen_height = root->drawable.height;
+    screen_config->mm_width = screen->mmWidth;
+    screen_config->mm_height = screen->mmHeight;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Retrieve valid screen size range
+ */
+int
+ProcRRGetScreenSizeRange (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xRRGetScreenSizeRangeReq);
+    xRRGetScreenSizeRangeReply	rep;
+    WindowPtr			pWin;
+    ScreenPtr			pScreen;
+    rrScrPrivPtr		pScrPriv;
+    int				rc;
+    
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetScreenInfoReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+    
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    rep.pad = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+    rep.length = 0;
+    
+    if (pScrPriv) 
+    {
+	if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, FALSE))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	rep.minWidth  = pScrPriv->minWidth;
+	rep.minHeight = pScrPriv->minHeight;
+	rep.maxWidth  = pScrPriv->maxWidth;
+	rep.maxHeight = pScrPriv->maxHeight;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	rep.maxWidth  = rep.minWidth  = pScreen->width;
+	rep.maxHeight = rep.minHeight = pScreen->height;
+    }
+    if (client->swapped) 
+    {
+	int n;
+	
+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+    	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swaps(&rep.minWidth, n);
+	swaps(&rep.minHeight, n);
+	swaps(&rep.maxWidth, n);
+	swaps(&rep.maxHeight, n);
+    }
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetScreenSizeRangeReply), (char *)&rep);
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRSetScreenSize (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xRRSetScreenSizeReq);
+    WindowPtr		pWin;
+    ScreenPtr		pScreen;
+    rrScrPrivPtr	pScrPriv;
+    int			i, rc;
+    
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRSetScreenSizeReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+    if (stuff->width < pScrPriv->minWidth || pScrPriv->maxWidth < stuff->width)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->width;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (stuff->height < pScrPriv->minHeight || 
+	pScrPriv->maxHeight < stuff->height)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->height;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++) 
+    {
+	RRCrtcPtr   crtc = pScrPriv->crtcs[i];
+	RRModePtr   mode = crtc->mode;
+	if (mode)
+	{
+	    int		source_width = mode->mode.width;
+	    int		source_height = mode->mode.height;
+	    Rotation	rotation = crtc->rotation;
+
+	    if (rotation == RR_Rotate_90 || rotation == RR_Rotate_270)
+	    {
+		source_width = mode->mode.height;
+		source_height = mode->mode.width;
+	    }
+	    
+	    if (crtc->x + source_width > stuff->width ||
+		crtc->y + source_height > stuff->height)
+	    return BadMatch;
+	}
+    }
+    if (stuff->widthInMillimeters == 0 || stuff->heightInMillimeters == 0)
+    {
+	client->errorValue = 0;
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (!RRScreenSizeSet (pScreen, 
+			  stuff->width, stuff->height,
+			  stuff->width, stuff->height,
+			  stuff->widthInMillimeters,
+			  stuff->heightInMillimeters))
+    {
+	return BadMatch;
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+rrGetScreenResources(ClientPtr client, Bool query)
+{
+    REQUEST(xRRGetScreenResourcesReq);
+    xRRGetScreenResourcesReply  rep;
+    WindowPtr			pWin;
+    ScreenPtr			pScreen;
+    rrScrPrivPtr		pScrPriv;
+    CARD8			*extra;
+    unsigned long		extraLen;
+    int				i, n, rc, has_primary = 0;
+    RRCrtc			*crtcs;
+    RROutput			*outputs;
+    xRRModeInfo			*modeinfos;
+    CARD8			*names;
+    
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetScreenResourcesReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+    
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+    rep.pad = 0;
+    
+    if (query && pScrPriv)
+	if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, query))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+
+    if (!pScrPriv)
+    {
+	rep.type = X_Reply;
+	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	rep.length = 0;
+	rep.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.configTimestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.nCrtcs = 0;
+	rep.nOutputs = 0;
+	rep.nModes = 0;
+	rep.nbytesNames = 0;
+	extra = NULL;
+	extraLen = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	RRModePtr   *modes;
+	int	    num_modes;
+
+	modes = RRModesForScreen (pScreen, &num_modes);
+	if (!modes)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	
+	rep.type = X_Reply;
+	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	rep.length = 0;
+	rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.nCrtcs = pScrPriv->numCrtcs;
+	rep.nOutputs = pScrPriv->numOutputs;
+	rep.nModes = num_modes;
+	rep.nbytesNames = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_modes; i++)
+	    rep.nbytesNames += modes[i]->mode.nameLength;
+
+	rep.length = (pScrPriv->numCrtcs + 
+		      pScrPriv->numOutputs + 
+		      num_modes * bytes_to_int32(SIZEOF(xRRModeInfo)) +
+		      bytes_to_int32(rep.nbytesNames));
+	
+	extraLen = rep.length << 2;
+	if (extraLen)
+	{
+	    extra = malloc(extraLen);
+	    if (!extra)
+	    {
+		free(modes);
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	    extra = NULL;
+
+	crtcs = (RRCrtc *) extra;
+	outputs = (RROutput *) (crtcs + pScrPriv->numCrtcs);
+	modeinfos = (xRRModeInfo *) (outputs + pScrPriv->numOutputs);
+	names = (CARD8 *) (modeinfos + num_modes);
+
+	if (pScrPriv->primaryOutput && pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc)
+	{
+	    has_primary = 1;
+	    crtcs[0] = pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc->id;
+	    if (client->swapped)
+		swapl (&crtcs[0], n);
+	}
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; i++)
+	{
+	    if (has_primary &&
+		pScrPriv->primaryOutput->crtc == pScrPriv->crtcs[i])
+	    {
+		has_primary = 0;
+		continue;
+	    }
+	    crtcs[i + has_primary] = pScrPriv->crtcs[i]->id;
+	    if (client->swapped)
+		swapl (&crtcs[i + has_primary], n);
+	}
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < pScrPriv->numOutputs; i++)
+	{
+	    outputs[i] = pScrPriv->outputs[i]->id;
+	    if (client->swapped)
+		swapl (&outputs[i], n);
+	}
+	
+	for (i = 0; i < num_modes; i++)
+	{
+	    RRModePtr	mode = modes[i];
+	    modeinfos[i] = mode->mode;
+	    if (client->swapped)
+	    {
+		swapl (&modeinfos[i].id, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].width, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].height, n);
+		swapl (&modeinfos[i].dotClock, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hSyncStart, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hSyncEnd, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hTotal, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].hSkew, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].vSyncStart, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].vSyncEnd, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].vTotal, n);
+		swaps (&modeinfos[i].nameLength, n);
+		swapl (&modeinfos[i].modeFlags, n);
+	    }
+	    memcpy (names, mode->name, 
+		    mode->mode.nameLength);
+	    names += mode->mode.nameLength;
+	}
+        free(modes);
+	assert (bytes_to_int32((char *) names - (char *) extra) == rep.length);
+    }
+    
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swapl(&rep.timestamp, n);
+	swapl(&rep.configTimestamp, n);
+	swaps(&rep.nCrtcs, n);
+	swaps(&rep.nOutputs, n);
+	swaps(&rep.nModes, n);
+	swaps(&rep.nbytesNames, n);
+    }
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetScreenResourcesReply), (char *)&rep);
+    if (extraLen)
+    {
+	WriteToClient (client, extraLen, (char *) extra);
+	free(extra);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetScreenResources (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    return rrGetScreenResources(client, TRUE);
+}
+    
+int
+ProcRRGetScreenResourcesCurrent (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    return rrGetScreenResources(client, FALSE);
+}
+
+typedef struct _RR10Data {
+    RRScreenSizePtr sizes;
+    int		    nsize;
+    int		    nrefresh;
+    int		    size;
+    CARD16	    refresh;
+} RR10DataRec, *RR10DataPtr;
+
+/*
+ * Convert 1.2 monitor data into 1.0 screen data
+ */
+static RR10DataPtr
+RR10GetData (ScreenPtr pScreen, RROutputPtr output)
+{
+    RR10DataPtr	    data;
+    RRScreenSizePtr size;
+    int		    nmode = output->numModes + output->numUserModes;
+    int		    o, os, l, r;
+    RRScreenRatePtr refresh;
+    CARD16	    vRefresh;
+    RRModePtr	    mode;
+    Bool	    *used;
+
+    /* Make sure there is plenty of space for any combination */
+    data = malloc (sizeof (RR10DataRec) + 
+		   sizeof (RRScreenSize) * nmode + 
+		   sizeof (RRScreenRate) * nmode +
+		   sizeof (Bool) * nmode);
+    if (!data)
+	return NULL;
+    size = (RRScreenSizePtr) (data + 1);
+    refresh = (RRScreenRatePtr) (size + nmode);
+    used = (Bool *) (refresh + nmode);
+    memset (used, '\0', sizeof (Bool) * nmode);
+    data->sizes = size;
+    data->nsize = 0;
+    data->nrefresh = 0;
+    data->size = 0;
+    data->refresh = 0;
+    
+    /*
+     * find modes not yet listed
+     */
+    for (o = 0; o < output->numModes + output->numUserModes; o++)
+    {
+	if (used[o]) continue;
+	
+	if (o < output->numModes)
+	    mode = output->modes[o];
+	else
+	    mode = output->userModes[o - output->numModes];
+	
+	l = data->nsize;
+	size[l].id = data->nsize;
+	size[l].width = mode->mode.width;
+	size[l].height = mode->mode.height;
+	if (output->mmWidth && output->mmHeight) {
+	    size[l].mmWidth = output->mmWidth;
+	    size[l].mmHeight = output->mmHeight;
+	} else {
+	    size[l].mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
+	    size[l].mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
+	}
+	size[l].nRates = 0;
+	size[l].pRates = &refresh[data->nrefresh];
+	data->nsize++;
+	
+	/*
+	 * Find all modes with matching size
+	 */
+	for (os = o; os < output->numModes + output->numUserModes; os++)
+	{
+	    if (os < output->numModes)
+		mode = output->modes[os];
+	    else
+		mode = output->userModes[os - output->numModes];
+	    if (mode->mode.width == size[l].width &&
+		mode->mode.height == size[l].height)
+	    {
+		vRefresh = RRVerticalRefresh (&mode->mode);
+		used[os] = TRUE;
+		
+		for (r = 0; r < size[l].nRates; r++)
+		    if (vRefresh == size[l].pRates[r].rate)
+			break;
+		if (r == size[l].nRates)
+		{
+		    size[l].pRates[r].rate = vRefresh;
+		    size[l].pRates[r].mode = mode;
+		    size[l].nRates++;
+		    data->nrefresh++;
+		}
+		if (mode == output->crtc->mode)
+		{
+		    data->size = l;
+		    data->refresh = vRefresh;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    return data;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRGetScreenInfo (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xRRGetScreenInfoReq);
+    xRRGetScreenInfoReply   rep;
+    WindowPtr	    	    pWin;
+    int			    n, rc;
+    ScreenPtr		    pScreen;
+    rrScrPrivPtr	    pScrPriv;
+    CARD8		    *extra;
+    unsigned long	    extraLen;
+    RROutputPtr		    output;
+
+    REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRRGetScreenInfoReq);
+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+    if (rc != Success)
+	return rc;
+
+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+    rep.pad = 0;
+    
+    if (pScrPriv)
+	if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, TRUE))
+	    return BadAlloc;
+
+    output = RRFirstOutput (pScreen);
+    
+    if (!pScrPriv || !output)
+    {
+	rep.type = X_Reply;
+	rep.setOfRotations = RR_Rotate_0;
+	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	rep.length = 0;
+	rep.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+	rep.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.configTimestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.nSizes = 0;
+	rep.sizeID = 0;
+	rep.rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
+	rep.rate = 0;
+	rep.nrateEnts = 0;
+	extra = 0;
+	extraLen = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	int			i, j;
+	xScreenSizes		*size;
+	CARD16			*rates;
+	CARD8			*data8;
+	Bool			has_rate = RRClientKnowsRates (client);
+	RR10DataPtr		pData;
+	RRScreenSizePtr		pSize;
+    
+	pData = RR10GetData (pScreen, output);
+	if (!pData)
+	    return BadAlloc;
+	
+	rep.type = X_Reply;
+	rep.setOfRotations = output->crtc->rotations;
+	rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+	rep.length = 0;
+	rep.root = pWin->drawable.pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+	rep.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;
+	rep.rotation = output->crtc->rotation;
+	rep.nSizes = pData->nsize;
+        rep.nrateEnts = pData->nrefresh + pData->nsize;
+	rep.sizeID = pData->size;
+	rep.rate = pData->refresh;
+
+	extraLen = rep.nSizes * sizeof (xScreenSizes);
+	if (has_rate)
+		extraLen += rep.nrateEnts * sizeof (CARD16);
+
+	if (extraLen)
+	{
+	    extra = (CARD8 *) malloc(extraLen);
+	    if (!extra)
+	    {
+		free(pData);
+		return BadAlloc;
+	    }
+	}
+	else
+	    extra = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	 * First comes the size information
+	 */
+	size = (xScreenSizes *) extra;
+	rates = (CARD16 *) (size + rep.nSizes);
+	for (i = 0; i < pData->nsize; i++)
+	{
+	    pSize = &pData->sizes[i];
+	    size->widthInPixels = pSize->width;
+	    size->heightInPixels = pSize->height;
+	    size->widthInMillimeters = pSize->mmWidth;
+	    size->heightInMillimeters = pSize->mmHeight;
+	    if (client->swapped)
+	    {
+	        swaps (&size->widthInPixels, n);
+	        swaps (&size->heightInPixels, n);
+	        swaps (&size->widthInMillimeters, n);
+	        swaps (&size->heightInMillimeters, n);
+	    }
+	    size++;
+	    if (has_rate)
+	    {
+		*rates = pSize->nRates;
+		if (client->swapped)
+		{
+		    swaps (rates, n);
+		}
+		rates++;
+		for (j = 0; j < pSize->nRates; j++)
+		{
+		    *rates = pSize->pRates[j].rate;
+		    if (client->swapped)
+		    {
+			swaps (rates, n);
+		    }
+		    rates++;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+        free(pData);
+	
+	data8 = (CARD8 *) rates;
+
+	if (data8 - (CARD8 *) extra != extraLen)
+	    FatalError ("RRGetScreenInfo bad extra len %ld != %ld\n",
+			(unsigned long)(data8 - (CARD8 *) extra), extraLen);
+	rep.length =  bytes_to_int32(extraLen);
+    }
+    if (client->swapped) {
+	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swapl(&rep.timestamp, n);
+	swaps(&rep.rotation, n);
+	swaps(&rep.nSizes, n);
+	swaps(&rep.sizeID, n);
+	swaps(&rep.rate, n);
+	swaps(&rep.nrateEnts, n);
+    }
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRGetScreenInfoReply), (char *)&rep);
+    if (extraLen)
+    {
+	WriteToClient (client, extraLen, (char *) extra);
+	free(extra);
+    }
+    return Success;
+}
+
+int
+ProcRRSetScreenConfig (ClientPtr client)
+{
+    REQUEST(xRRSetScreenConfigReq);
+    xRRSetScreenConfigReply rep;
+    DrawablePtr		    pDraw;
+    int			    n, rc;
+    ScreenPtr		    pScreen;
+    rrScrPrivPtr	    pScrPriv;
+    TimeStamp		    time;
+    int			    i;
+    Rotation		    rotation;
+    int			    rate;
+    Bool		    has_rate;
+    RROutputPtr		    output;
+    RRCrtcPtr		    crtc;
+    RRModePtr		    mode;
+    RR10DataPtr		    pData = NULL;
+    RRScreenSizePtr    	    pSize;
+    int			    width, height;
+    
+    UpdateCurrentTime ();
+
+    if (RRClientKnowsRates (client))
+    {
+	REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRRSetScreenConfigReq);
+	has_rate = TRUE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRR1_0SetScreenConfigReq);
+	has_rate = FALSE;
+    }
+    
+    rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDraw, stuff->drawable, client, 0, DixWriteAccess);
+    if (rc != Success) {
+	client->errorValue = stuff->drawable;
+	return rc;
+    }
+
+    pScreen = pDraw->pScreen;
+
+    pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
+    
+    time = ClientTimeToServerTime(stuff->timestamp);
+    
+    if (!pScrPriv)
+    {
+	time = currentTime;
+	rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+	goto sendReply;
+    }
+    if (!RRGetInfo (pScreen, FALSE))
+	return BadAlloc;
+    
+    output = RRFirstOutput (pScreen);
+    if (!output)
+    {
+	time = currentTime;
+	rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+	goto sendReply;
+    }
+
+    crtc = output->crtc;
+
+    /*
+     * If the client's config timestamp is not the same as the last config
+     * timestamp, then the config information isn't up-to-date and
+     * can't even be validated.
+     *
+     * Note that the client only knows about the milliseconds part of the
+     * timestamp, so using CompareTimeStamps here would cause randr to suddenly
+     * stop working after several hours have passed (freedesktop bug #6502).
+     */
+    if (stuff->configTimestamp != pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds)
+    {
+	rep.status = RRSetConfigInvalidConfigTime;
+	goto sendReply;
+    }
+    
+    pData = RR10GetData (pScreen, output);
+    if (!pData)
+	return BadAlloc;
+    
+    if (stuff->sizeID >= pData->nsize)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * Invalid size ID
+	 */
+	client->errorValue = stuff->sizeID;
+	free(pData);
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    pSize = &pData->sizes[stuff->sizeID];
+    
+    /*
+     * Validate requested rotation
+     */
+    rotation = (Rotation) stuff->rotation;
+
+    /* test the rotation bits only! */
+    switch (rotation & 0xf) {
+    case RR_Rotate_0:
+    case RR_Rotate_90:
+    case RR_Rotate_180:
+    case RR_Rotate_270:
+	break;
+    default:
+	/*
+	 * Invalid rotation
+	 */
+	client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;
+	free(pData);
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if ((~crtc->rotations) & rotation)
+    {
+	/*
+	 * requested rotation or reflection not supported by screen
+	 */
+	client->errorValue = stuff->rotation;
+	free(pData);
+	return BadMatch;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * Validate requested refresh
+     */
+    if (has_rate)
+	rate = (int) stuff->rate;
+    else
+	rate = 0;
+
+    if (rate)
+    {
+	for (i = 0; i < pSize->nRates; i++)
+	{
+	    if (pSize->pRates[i].rate == rate)
+		break;
+	}
+	if (i == pSize->nRates)
+	{
+	    /*
+	     * Invalid rate
+	     */
+	    client->errorValue = rate;
+	    free(pData);
+	    return BadValue;
+	}
+	mode = pSize->pRates[i].mode;
+    }
+    else
+	mode = pSize->pRates[0].mode;
+    
+    /*
+     * Make sure the requested set-time is not older than
+     * the last set-time
+     */
+    if (CompareTimeStamps (time, pScrPriv->lastSetTime) < 0)
+    {
+	rep.status = RRSetConfigInvalidTime;
+	goto sendReply;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If the screen size is changing, adjust all of the other outputs
+     * to fit the new size, mirroring as much as possible
+     */
+    width = mode->mode.width;
+    height = mode->mode.height;
+    if (rotation & (RR_Rotate_90|RR_Rotate_270))
+    {
+	width = mode->mode.height;
+	height = mode->mode.width;
+    }
+
+    if (width < pScrPriv->minWidth || pScrPriv->maxWidth < width) {
+	client->errorValue = width;
+	free(pData);
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+    if (height < pScrPriv->minHeight || pScrPriv->maxHeight < height) {
+	client->errorValue = height;
+	free(pData);
+	return BadValue;
+    }
+
+    if (width != pScreen->width || height != pScreen->height)
+    {
+	int	c;
+
+	for (c = 0; c < pScrPriv->numCrtcs; c++)
+	{
+	    if (!RRCrtcSet (pScrPriv->crtcs[c], NULL, 0, 0, RR_Rotate_0,
+			    0, NULL, NULL))
+	    {
+		rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+		/* XXX recover from failure */
+		goto sendReply;
+	    }
+	}
+	if (!RRScreenSizeSet (pScreen, width, height, width, height,
+			      pScreen->mmWidth, pScreen->mmHeight))
+	{
+	    rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+	    /* XXX recover from failure */
+	    goto sendReply;
+	}
+    }
+
+    if (!RRCrtcSet (crtc, mode, 0, 0, stuff->rotation, 1, &output, NULL))
+	rep.status = RRSetConfigFailed;
+    else {
+	pScrPriv->lastSetTime = time;
+	rep.status = RRSetConfigSuccess;
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * XXX Configure other crtcs to mirror as much as possible
+     */
+    
+sendReply:
+    
+    free(pData);
+
+    rep.type = X_Reply;
+    /* rep.status has already been filled in */
+    rep.length = 0;
+    rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+    rep.newTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
+    rep.newConfigTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;
+    rep.root = pDraw->pScreen->root->drawable.id;
+
+    if (client->swapped) 
+    {
+    	swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+    	swapl(&rep.length, n);
+	swapl(&rep.newTimestamp, n);
+	swapl(&rep.newConfigTimestamp, n);
+	swapl(&rep.root, n);
+    }
+    WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRRSetScreenConfigReply), (char *)&rep);
+
+    return Success;
+}
+
+static CARD16
+RR10CurrentSizeID (ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+    CARD16	sizeID = 0xffff;
+    RROutputPtr output = RRFirstOutput (pScreen);
+    
+    if (output)
+    {
+	RR10DataPtr data = RR10GetData (pScreen, output);
+	if (data)
+	{
+	    int i;
+	    for (i = 0; i < data->nsize; i++)
+		if (data->sizes[i].width == pScreen->width &&
+		    data->sizes[i].height == pScreen->height)
+		{
+		    sizeID = (CARD16) i;
+		    break;
+		}
+	    free(data);
+	}
+    }
+    return sizeID;
+}